TECHNICAL FIELD
[0001] The present invention relates to novel prolyl hydroxylase (hereinafter also referred
to as PHD) inhibitors, in particular, prolyl hydroxylase 2 (hereinafter also referred
to as PHD2) inhibitors.
BACKGROUND ART
[0002] Erythrocytes in the blood are responsible for oxygen transport throughout the body
and play an important role in maintaining oxygen levels constant in vivo. If, on account
of bleeding due to certain kinds of disease, as well as to accidents or surgical operations,
the erythrocyte counts or hemoglobins level in the blood decrease, a sense of fatigue,
dizziness, shortness of breath and other anemic symptoms will develop. In anemia,
the entire body will be exposed to oxygen deficiency and under such hypoxic conditions,
the living body performs a compensatory reaction, in which the hematopoietic factor
erythropoietin (hereinafter also referred to as EPO) which promotes the formation
of erythrocytes is produced primarily from the kidney to increase the erythrocyte
and hemoglobin levels in the blood, thus helping to ameliorate anemia. However, in
certain kinds of disease, this erythropoietic action of erythropoietin is impaired
and chronic anemia persists. For example, in patients with renal failure who have
disorder in the kidney, it is known that the above-described mechanism for erythropoietin
production under hypoxic conditions fails to work properly, causing them to present
with a type of anemia (renal anemia) which is characterized by reduced erythrocyte
counts and hemoglobin levels (see Non-Patent Documents 1 and 2).
[0003] The treatment of renal anemia and the anemia that accompanies cancer chemotherapy
or medication of patients with HIV infection is currently carried out by erythropoiesis
stimulating agents (ESA) such as genetically recombinant human erythropoietin preparations.
The ESA greatly contributes to improving a patient's quality of life by increasing
the erythrocyte counts and hemoglobin levels sufficiently to ameliorate the symptoms
that accompany anemia. On the other hand, however, the currently available ESAs are
all biologics in the form of expensive injections, so it is desired to develop an
orally administrable pharmaceutical drug for the treatment of anemia.
[0004] A recent study has reported that erythropoietin also has an action for protecting
tissues such as hearts and brains placed under the hypoxic conditions that accompany
anemia. Therefore, orally administrable ESA preparations have the potential to find
a wide range of applications covering not only renal and other types of anemia that
result from various causes but also a diversity of ischemic diseases (see Non-Patent
Document 3).
[0005] A substance that may be mentioned as a factor that increases the production of erythropoietin
is a hypoxia-inducible factor (hereinafter also referred to as HIF). The HIF is a
transcription factor including an α-subunit the degradation of which is regulated
by changes in oxygen density and a β-subunit that is expressed constantly. Prolyl
hydroxylases (PHD-1, -2 and -3) are known as factors that regulate the degradation
of HIF's α-subunit (HIF-α). Under normal oxygen pressure conditions, the proline residues
of HIF-α are hydroxylated by these prolyl hydroxylases and the HIF-α is rapidly degraded
by proteasome. Under hypoxic conditions, on the other hand, the activity of prolyl
hydroxylases is lowered, so the degradation of HIF-α is suppressed, thus promoting
the transcription of the erythropoietin-and other HIF-responsive genes. Consequently,
by inhibiting the prolyl hydroxylases, the stabilization of HIF-α is promoted, making
it possible to increase the production of erythropoietin (see Non-Patent Documents
1, 2 and 4).
[0006] The compounds of the present invention provide means for inhibiting the activities
of those prolyl hydroxylases to increase the amount of erythropoietin, thereby treating
anemia. As another benefit, not only anemia but also various other ischemic diseases
(e.g. brain stroke, myocardial infarction, and ischemic renal disorder) and diabetic
complications (nephropathy, retinopathy, and neuropathy) can also be treated or prevented
or improved or mitigated in symptoms by administering the compounds of the present
invention (see Non-Patent Document 5).
[0007] Common PHD inhibitors reported to date include 4-hydroxyisoquinoline derivatives
(see Patent Document 1), 5-hydroxy-3-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrazole derivatives (see
Patent Document 2), 4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydroquinoline derivatives (see Patent Document
3), 3-hydroxypyridine derivatives (see Patent Document 4), 2-oxo-2,3-dihydroindole
derivatives (see Patent Document 5), etc. but compounds having the structures according
to the present invention have not been disclosed. Also reported to date include are
6-hydroxy-2,4-dioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidine derivatives (see Patent Document
6), 4-hydroxy-6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyrimidine derivatives (see Patent Document 7), 5-hydroxy-3-oxo-2,3-dihydropyridazine
derivatives (see Patent Document 8), 6-hydroxy-4-oxo-4H-1,3-dioxin derivatives (see
Patent Document 9), 4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,7-tetrahydrofluoro[3,4-b]pyridine derivatives
(see Patent Document 10), 4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyridine derivatives (see Patent
Documents 11 and 12), etc. but compounds having the structures according to the present
invention have not been disclosed.
CITATION LIST
PATENT DOCUMENTS
NON-PATENT DOCUMENTS
[0009]
Non- Patent Document 1: American Journal of Physiology-Renal Physiology, 2010, 299, F1-13
Non-Patent Document 2: American Journal of Physiology-Renal Physiology, 2010, 298, F1287-1296
Non-Patent Document 3: The Journal of Physiology, 2011, 589, 1251-1258
Non-Patent Document 4: Expert Opinion on Therapeutic Patents, 2010, 20, 1219-1245
Non-Patent Document 5: Diabetes, Obesity and Metabolism, 2008, 10, 1-9
SUMMARY OF INVENTION
TECHNICAL PROBLEM
[0010] An object of the present invention is to provide superior PHD 2 inhibitors.
SOLUTION TO PROBLEM
[0011] The present inventors conducted intensive studies with a view to attaining the above-stated
object and found as a result that compounds represented by the following general formula
(I) or (I') have a superior PHD 2 inhibitory effect.
[0012] Briefly, the present invention is directed to:
- (1) providing a compound represented by the following general formula (I')

(wherein in formula (I'),
W represents the formula -CR15R16-, the formula -CR11R12CR13R14-, or the formula -CH2CR17R18CH2-;
R15 represents a hydrogen atom, C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl;
R16 represents a hydrogen atom or C1-4 alkyl;
provided that R15 and R16, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane;
R11 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl;
R12 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or C1-4 alkyl;
provided that R11 and R12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom;
R13 represents a hydrogen atom, carbamoyl, C1-4 alkyl (the C1-4 alkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of
hydroxy, C1-3 alkoxy, and di-C1-3 alkylamino), halo-C1-4 alkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, benzyl, or phenethyl;
R14 represents a hydrogen atom, C1-4 alkyl, or halo-C1-4 alkyl;
provided that R13 and R14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane, a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom,
or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom (the 4- to
8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom is optionally substituted
by one or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group
consisting of methyl, benzyl, phenylcarbonyl, and oxo);
provided that said R12 and R13, together with the adjacent carbon atoms, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane;
R17 represents a hydrogen atom or C1-4 alkyl;
R18 represents a hydrogen atom or C1-4 alkyl;
provided that R17 and R18, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane;
Y represents a single bond or C1-6 alkanediyl (the C1-4 alkanediyl is optionally substituted by one hydroxy, and one of the carbon atoms
in the C1-6 alkanediyl is optionally substituted by C3-6 cycloalkane-1,1-diyl);
R2 represents a hydrogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl {the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the same or different
and are selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl (the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one phenyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally
substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and
halo-C1-6 alkyl), C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one halogen atom)],
C3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substitduted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl)}, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which
are the same or different and are selected from group α3 of substituents), naphthyl,
indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl [the pyrazolyl,
imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, and oxazolyl are optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl and phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl)], thiazoyl [the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which
are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), and morpholino], pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one or
two groups which are the same or different and are selected from group α5 of substituents),
pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl [the pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl are
optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl), and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl)], benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl (the methylenedioxyphenyl
is optionally substituted by one or two fluorine atoms), 4- to 8-membered saturated
heterocyclyl containing a nitrogen atom [the 4-to 8-membered saturated heterocyclyl
containing a nitrogen atom is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of pyrimidinyl, phenyl-C1-3 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl-C1-3 alkylcarbonyl, and phenyl-C1-3 alkoxycarbonyl], or the following formula (I")
[Formula 2]
-CONR5 CH2-R6 (I")
[wherein in formula (I"),
R5 represents a hydrogen atom or C1-3 alkyl, and R6 represents phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, and phenyl)],
group α3 of substituents consists of hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl {the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of
C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl)], phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl and halo-C1-6 alkyl)}, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two halogen atoms), C3-8 cycloalkenyl (the C3-8 cycloalkenyl is optionally substituted by one or two halogen atoms), phenyl (the
phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which are the same or different
and are selected from group α4 of substituents), thienyl (the thienyl is optionally
substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), isoxazolyl, thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one or two
groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting
of hydroxy, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of carboxy, hydroxy, amino, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl), pyrimidinyl (the pyrimidinyl is optionally substituted by one amino),
quinolyl, C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of carboxy, hydroxy, carbamoyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of hydroxy, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, and di-C1-6 alkylamino), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyls), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyls), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), indazolyl (the indazolyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), benzotriazolyl, imidazothiazoyl, and di-C1-6 alkylamino], halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl), pyrimidinyloxy, piperazinyl (the piperazinyl is optionally substituted
by one C1-6 alkyl), mono-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl (the C1-6 alkyl in the mono-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group
consisting of carboxy, hydroxy, di-C1-6 alkylamino, pyridyl, phenyl, and 2-oxopyrrolidinyl), di-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl (where the two C1-6 alkyls in the di-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, together with the adjacent nitrogen atom, optionally form a 4-
to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom), C1-6 alkylsulfanyl, and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl;
group α4 of substituents consists of carboxy, cyano, hydroxy, sulfamoyl, a halogen
atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylcarbonyl, di-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl (the C1-6 alkyl in the mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl is optionally substituted by one hydroxy), and di-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl;
group α5 of substituents consists of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl) and phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl)], halo-C1-6 alkoxy, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from group
α6 of substituents), pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one
or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C1-6 alkoxy], pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), and phenylsulfanyl (the phenylsulfanyl is optionally substituted by one halogen
atom);
group α6 of substituents consists of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy;
Y4 represents C1-4 alkanediyl;
R3 represents a hydrogen atom or methyl;
R4 represents -COOH, -CONHOH, or tetrazolyl);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (2) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing the compound according
to (1) wherein in the aforementioned general formula (I'),
Y4 is methanediyl,
R3 is a hydrogen atom,
R4 is -COOH,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (3) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing the compound according
to (2) wherein in the aforementioned general formula (I'),
W is the formula -CR15R16-, and the compound is represented by general formula (I'-1):


(wherein in formula (I'-1),
R15 is a hydrogen atom, C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl,
R16 is a hydrogen atom or C1-4 alkyl,
provided that R15 and R16, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (4) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing the compound according
to (2) wherein in the aforementioned general formula (I'),
W is the formula -CR11R12CR13R14-, and the compound is represented by general formula (I'-2):

(wherein in formula (I'-2),
R11 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl,
R12 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or C1-4 alkyl,
provided that R11 and R12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom;
R13 is a hydrogen atom, carbamoyl, C1-4 alkyl (the C1-4 alkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of
hydroxy, C1-3 alkoxy, and di-C1-3 alkylamino), halo-C1-4 alkyl, phenyl, pyridyl, benzyl, or phenethyl;
R14 is a hydrogen atom, C1-4 alkyl, or halo-C1-4 alkyl,
provided that R13 and R14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane, a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom,
or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom (the 4- to
8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom is optionally substituted
by one or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group
consisting of methyl, benzyl, phenylcarbonyl, and oxo),
provided that the aforementioned R12 and R13, together with the adjacent carbon atoms, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (5) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing the compound according
to (4) wherein in the aforementioned general formula (I'-2),
Y is a single bond or C1-6 alkanediyl (one of the carbon atoms in the C1-6 alkanediyl is optionally substituted by C3-6 cycloalkane-1,1-diyl),
R2 is C3-8 cycloalkyl {the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the same or different
and are selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl (the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one phenyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally
substituted by one halo-C1-6 alkyl), C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one halogen atom)],
C3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl)}, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which
are the same or different and are selected from the aforementioned group α3 of substituents),
naphthyl, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyrazolyl [the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted
by one or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group
consisting of C1-6 alkyl and phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl)], imidazolyl (the imidazolyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl and phenyl), isoxazolyl [the isoxazolyl is optionally substituted by one phenyl
(the phenyl is optionally substituted by one halogen atom)], oxazolyl (the oxazolyl
is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the same or different and
are selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl and phenyl), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one group
selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, and morpholino), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by
one or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the aforementioned
group α5 of substituents), pyridazinyl [the pyridazinyl is optionally substituted
by one C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl)], pyrimidinyl [the pyrimidinyl is optionally substituted by one group
selected from the group consisting of halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl)], pyrazinyl [the pyrazinyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by C3-8 cycloalkyl) and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl)], benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, or methylenedioxyphenyl (the methylenedioxyphenyl
is optionally substituted by one or two fluorine atoms),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (6) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing the compound according
to (5) wherein in the aforementioned general formula (I'-2),
R11 is a hydrogen atom,
R12 is a hydrogen atom,
R13 is a hydrogen atom,
R14 is a hydrogen atom,
Y is methanediyl,
R2 is
phenyl {the phenyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl [the phenyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the
same or different and are selected from the group consisting of carboxy, cyano, hydroxy,
sulfamoyl, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylcarbonyl, di-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl (the C1-6 alkyl in the mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl is optionally substituted by one hydroxy), and di-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl], pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group
selected from the group consisting of carboxy, hydroxy, amino, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl), phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl), and may further be substituted by one halogen atom};
pyridyl {the pyridyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group
consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C1-6 alkoxy], and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), and may further be substitduted by one group selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl}; or
pyrazinyl which is substituted by one phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted
by one group selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (7) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing the following
compound according to (1):
N-{[4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-(4-phenoxybenzyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[6-(4-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-({4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-[(6-phenoxy-3-pyridinyl)methyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}
carbonyl)glycine;
N-({1-[4-(4-fluorophenoxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine;
N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(4-methylphenoxy)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(4-cyanophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-({4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-[4-(2-pyrimidinyloxy)benzyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl
carbonyl)glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-{[4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-({6-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-3-pyridinyl}methyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[6-(3-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(3-fluorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(3-methylphenoxy)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine;
N-({1-[4-(3-fluorophenoxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine;
N-[(1-{[5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-2-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[5-(4-methylphenoxy)-2-pyridinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-({1-[4-(4-chlorophenoxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{4-[(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)oxy]benzyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(2-fluorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[6-(2-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-({1-[4-(2-fluorophenoxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine;
N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(2-methylphenoxy)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(3-chlorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-{[4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-({6-[3-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-3-pyridinyl}methyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(3-methoxyphenoxy)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl
carbonyl)glycine;
N-{[4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-({6-[3-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]-3-pyridinyl}methyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-[(1-{4-[(5-fluoro-2-pyridinyl)oxy]benzyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{4-[(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)oxy]benzyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(4-cyclopropylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{4-[(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)oxy]benzyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-{[4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-(4-{[5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-pyridinyl]oxy}benzyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-{[4-hydroxy-1-({5-methyl-6-[(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)oxy]-3-pyridinyl}methyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-[(1-{[5-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]
glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[6-(3-methoxyphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{4-[(6-chloro-3-pyridinyl)oxy]benzyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-{[4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-({5-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-2-pyridinyl}methyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-{[4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-(4-{[6-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridinyl]oxy}benzyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(3-chloro-4-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(3-fluoro-4-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(4-fluoro-3-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl)glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(4-ethylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-{[6-(4-propylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[6-(4-isopropylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[5-(4-methylphenoxy)-2-pyrazinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-({1-[4-(3,4-dimethylphenoxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl
carbonyl)glycine;
N-[(1-{[5-chloro-6-(4-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[5-fluoro-6-(4-methylphenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{4-[(5-cyclopropyl-2-pyridinyl)oxy]benzyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(4-hydroxy-1-{[2-(4-methylphenoxy)-5-pyrimidinyl]methyl}-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[6-(4-chlorophenoxy)-5-methyl-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
N-[(1-{[5-(4-chlorophenoxy)-2-pyrazinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine;
or
N-[(1-{[5-(4-cyclopropylphenoxy)-2-pyrazinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (8) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing a compound having
the aforementioned general formula (I'), wherein
W is the formula -CR11R12CR13R14-, and the compound is represented by general formula (I):

(wherein in formula (I),
R11 is a hydrogen atom, C1-4 alkyl, or phenyl,
R12 is a hydrogen atom or C1-4 alkyl,
provided that R11 and R12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom;
R13 is a hydrogen atom, C1-4 alkyl, halo-C1-4 alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, or phenethyl,
R14 is a hydrogen atom or C1-4 alkyl,
provided that R13 and R14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom,
provided that the aforementioned R12 and R13, together with the adjacent carbon atoms, optionally form C3-8 cycloalkane;
Y is a single bond or C1-6 alkanediyl (one of the carbon atoms in the C1-4 alkanediyl is optionally substituted by C3-6 cycloalkane-1,1-diyl);
R2 is C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl and benzyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three
groups which are the same or different and are selected from group α1 of substituents),
naphthyl, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyrazolyl [the pyrazolyl is substituted by
one phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl) and may further be substituted by one C1-6 alkyl], imidazolyl (the imidazolyl is substituted by one phenyl), isoxazolyl [the
isoxazolyl is substituted by one phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one
halogen atom)], oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is substituted by one phenyl and may further
be substituted by one C1-4 alkyl), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is substituted by one phenyl), pyridyl [the pyridyl
is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of phenyl, phenoxy
(the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), and phenylsulfanyl (the phenylsulfanyl is optionally substituted by one
halogen atom)], pyrimidinyl (the pyrimidinyl is substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of cyclohexyl and phenyl), benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, or
methylenedioxyphenyl (the methylenedioxyphenyl is optionally substituted by one or
two fluorine atoms);
group α1 of substituents consists of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl {the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of
C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl)]}, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which
are the same or different and are selected from group α2 of substituents), thienyl,
pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), isoxazolyl, thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one or two
C1-6 alkyls), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), quinolyl, C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl and phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl)], halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl), and C1-6 alkylsulfanyl;
group α2 of substituents consists of a halogen atom, cyano, hydroxy, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylcarbonyl, and di-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- (9) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing a medicine comprising
the compound according to any one of (1) to (8) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof as an active ingredient.
- (10) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing a PHD2 inhibitor
comprising the compound according to any one of (1) to (8) or a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- (11) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing an EPO production
promoter comprising the compound according to any one of (1) to (8) or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
- (12) In another mode, the present invention is directed to providing a drug for preventing
or treating anemia comprising the compound according to any one of (1) to (8) or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active ingredient.
ADVANTAGEOUS EFFECTS OF INVENTION
[0013] The present invention has made it possible to provide compounds having a superior
PHD2 inhibitory effect.
DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
[0014] The present invention provides compounds having a superior PHD2 inhibitory effect
that are represented by general formula (I) or (I'), or pharmaceutically acceptable
salts thereof.
[0015] On the following pages, the compounds of the present invention are described in greater
detail but it should be understood that the present invention is by no means limited
to the following illustrations.
[0016] As used herein, symbol "n" refers to normal, "s" or "sec", secondary, "t" or "tert",
tertiary, "c", cyclo, "o", ortho, "m", meta, and "p", para.
[0017] The "halogen atom" refers to a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and
an iodine atom.
[0018] The "C
1-3 alkyl" refers to linear or branched alkyl having one to three carbon atoms. Specifically,
methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, and isopropyl are referred to.
[0019] The "C
1-4 alkyl" refers to linear or branched alkyl having one to four carbon atoms. Specifically,
methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl are
referred to.
[0020] The "C
1-6 alkyl" refers to linear or branched alkyl having one to six carbon atoms, and examples
include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl,
n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 2-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, etc.
[0021] The "halo-C
1-4 alkyl" refers to linear or branched alkyl having one to four carbon atoms, with substitution
by a halogen atom. The number of substitutions by a halogen atom is preferably from
one to three, and a preferred halogen atom is a fluorine atom. Examples include monofluoromethyl,
difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1-fluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 2-fluoroethyl,
2-fluoro-2-methylpropyl, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 1-fluoro-2-methylpropan-2-yl, 1,1-difluoro-2-methylpropan-2-yl,
etc.
[0022] The "halo-C
1-6 alkyl" refers to linear or branched alkyl having one to six carbon atoms, with substitution
by a halogen atom. The number of substitutions by a halogen atom is preferably from
one to five, and a preferred halogen atom is a fluorine atom. Examples include monofluoromethyl,
difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1-fluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethyl,
2-fluoroethyl, 2-fluoro-2-methylpropyl, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 1-fluoro-2-methylpropan-2-yl,
1,1-difluoro-2-methylpropan-2-yl, 1-fluoropentyl, 1-fluorohexyl, etc.
[0023] The "C
3-6 cycloalkane" refers to cyclic alkane having three to six carbon atoms. Examples include
cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, and cyclohexane.
[0024] The "C
3-8 cycloalkane" refers to cyclic alkane having three to eight carbon atoms. Examples
include cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane.
[0025] The "C
3-8 cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic alkyl having three to eight carbon atoms. Examples include
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
[0026] The "C
3-8 cycloalkenyl" refers to cyclic alkenyl having three to eight carbon atoms. Examples
include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and
cyclooctenyl.
[0027] The "4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom" refers to
a 4- to 8-membered monocylic saturated heterocycle containing one oxygen atom in the
ring. Examples include oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, etc.
[0028] The "4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom" refers to
a 4-to 8-membered monocylic saturated heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom in
the ring. Examples include azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, etc.
[0029] The "4- to 8-membered saturated heterocyclyl containing a nitrogen atom" refers to
a 4-to 8-membered monocylic saturated heterocyclic group containing one nitrogen atom
in the ring. Examples include azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, etc.
[0030] The "C
1-3 alkoxy" refers to linear or branched alkoxy having one to three carbon atoms. Specifically,
methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, and isopropoxy are referred to.
[0031] The "C
1-6 alkoxy" refers to linear or branched alkoxy having one to six carbon atoms. Examples
include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy,
n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, neopentyloxy, 2-methylbutoxy, n-hexyloxy, isohexyloxy,
etc.
[0032] The "halo-C
1-6 alkoxy" refers to linear or branched alkoxy having one to six carbon atoms, with
substitution by a halogen atom. The number of substitutions by a halogen atom is preferably
from one to five, and a preferred halogen atom is a fluorine atom. Examples include
monofluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 1-fluoroethoxy, 1,1-difluoroethoxy,
1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy,
1,3-difluoropropan-2-yloxy, 2-fluoro-2-methylpropoxy, 2,2-difluoropropoxy, 1-fluoro-2-methylpropan-2-yloxy,
1,1-difluoro-2-methylpropan-2-yloxy, 4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy, etc.
[0033] The "C
2-6 alkenyloxy" refers to a group of such a structure that oxy is bound to linear or
branched alkenyl having two to six carbon atoms. Examples include ethenyloxy, (E)-prop-1-en-1-yloxy,
(Z)-prop-1-en-1-yloxy, prop-2-en-1-yloxy, (Z)-but-2-en-1-yloxy. (Z)-pent-3-en-1-yloxy,
(Z)-hex-4-en-1-yloxy, (Z)-hept-5-en-1-yloxy, and (Z)-oct-6-en-1-yloxy, etc.
[0034] The "C
3-8 cycloalkoxy" refers to cyclic alkoxy having three to eight carbon atoms. Examples
include cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy,
and cyclooctyloxy.
[0035] The "di-C
1-3 alkylamino" refers to amino having the aforementioned "C
1-3 alkyl" as two substituents which are the same or different. Examples include dimethylamino,
diethylamino, di(n-propyl)amino, di(isopropyl)amino, ethylmethylamino, methyl(n-propyl)amino,
etc.
[0036] The "di-C
1-6 alkylamino" refers to amino having the aforementioned "C
1-6 alkyl" as two substituents which are the same or different. Examples include dimethylamino,
diethylamino, di(n-propyl)amino, di(isopropyl)amino, ethylmethylamino, methyl(n-propyl)amino,
etc.
[0037] The "C
1-6 alkylcarbonyl" refers to a group of such a structure that carbonyl is bound to the
aforementioned "C
1-6 alkyl". Examples include methyl carbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, n-propylcarbonyl, isopropylcarbonyl,
n-butylcarbonyl, isobutylcarbonyl, sec-butylcarbonyl, tert-butylcarbony, n-pentylcarbonyl,
isopentylcarbonyl, neopentylcarbonyl, 2-methylbutylcarbonyl, n-hexylcarbonyl, isohexylcarbonyl,
etc.
[0038] The "mono-C
1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl" refers to a group of such a structure that carbonyl is bound
to amino having the aforementioned "C
1-6 alkyl" as a single substituent. Examples include methylaminocarbonyl, ethylaminocarbonyl,
n-propylaminocarbonyl, isopropylaminocarbonyl, n-butylaminocarbonyl, isobutylaminocarbonyl,
sec-butylaminocarbonyl, tert-butylaminocarbonyl, n-pentylaminocarbonyl, n-hexylaminocarbonyl,
etc.
[0039] The "di-C
1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl" refers to a group of such a structure that carbonyl is bound
to amino having the aforementioned "C
1-6 alkyl" as two substituents which are the same or different. Examples include dimethylaminocarbonyl,
di(n-propyl)aminocarbonyl, di(isopropyl)aminocarbonyl, ethylmethylaminocarbonyl, methyl(n-propyl)aminocarbonyl,
etc.
[0040] The two C
1-6 alkyls in the di-C
1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, together with the adjacent nitrogen atom, may optionally form
a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom.
[0041] The "C
1-6 alkylsulfanyl" refers to a group of such a structure that sulfanyl is bound to the
aforementioned "C
1-6 alkyl". Examples include methylsulfanyl, ethylsulfanyl, n-propylsulfanyl, isopropylsulfanyl,
isobutylsulfanyl, n-hexylsulfanyl, etc.
[0042] The "C
1-6 alkylsulfonyl" is a group of such a structure that sulfonyl is bound to the aforementioned
"C
1-6 alkyl". Examples include methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl,
isobutylsulfonyl, n-hexylsulfonyl, etc.
[0043] The "mono-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl" refers to a group of such a structure that sulfonyl is bound
to amino having the aforementioned "C
1-6 alkyl" as a single substituent. Examples include methylaminosulfonyl, ethylaminosulfonyl,
n-propylaminosulfonyl, isopropylaminosulfonyl, n-butylaminosulfonyl, isobutylaminosulfonyl,
sec-butylaminosulfonyl, tert-butylaminosulfonyl, n-pentylaminosulfonyl, n-hexylaminosulfonyl,
etc.
[0044] The "di-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl" refers to a group of such a structure that sulfonyl is bound
to amino having the aforementioned "C
1-6 alkyl" as two substituents which are the same or different. Examples include dimethylaminosulfonyl,
diethylaminosulfonyl. di(n-propyl)aminosulfonyl, di(isopropyl)aminosulfonyl, ethylmethylaminosulfonyl,
methyl(n-propyl)aminosulfonyl, isopropyl(methyl)aminosulfonyl, etc.
[0045] The "C
1-4 alkanediyl" refers to a divalent hydrocarbon group of such a structure that one hydrogen
atom has been removed from an alkyl group having one to four carbon atoms. Examples
include methanediyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl,
propane-1,3-diyl, propane-2,2-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl, etc.
Among these, methanediyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl,
propane-1,3-diyl, and propane-2,2-diyl are C
1-3 alkanediyls.
[0046] The "C
1-6 alkanediyl" refers to a divalent hydrocarbon group of such a structure that one hydrogen
atom has been removed from an alkyl group having one to six carbon atoms. Examples
include methanediyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl,
propane-1,3-diyl, propane-2,2-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl,
hexane-1,6-diyl, etc.
[0047] The "C
3-6 cycloalkane-1,1-diyl" refers to a divalent cyclic hydrocarbon group of such a structure
that one hydrogen atom has been removed from a cycloalkyl group having three to six
carbon atoms. Examples include cyclopropane-1,1-diyl, cyclobutane-1,1-diyl, cyclopentane-1,1-diyl,
and cyclohexane-1,1-diyl.
[0048] The "phenyl-C
1-3 alkyl" refers to the aforementioned "C
1-3 alkyl" having a phenyl group as a substituent. Examples include benzyl, phenethyl,
and phenylpropyl.
[0049] The "C
3-8 cycloalkyl-C
1-3 alkylcarbonyl" refers to a group of such a structure that the aforementioned cycloalkyl
group having three to eight carbon atoms binds a carbonyl group via the aforementioned
C
1-3 alkyl. Examples include cyclopropylmethylcarbonyl, cyclopropylethylcarbonyl, cyclobutylmethylcarbonyl,
cyclopentylmethylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, etc.
[0050] The "phenyl-C
1-3 alkoxycarbonyl" refers to a group of such a structure that a phenyl group binds a
carbonyl group via the aforementioned C
1-3 alkoxy. Examples include phenylmethoxycarbonyl, phenylethoxycarbonyl, and phenylpropoxycarbonyl.
[0051] Preferred modes of the compounds of the present invention are as follows.
[0052] A preferred case of W is the formula -CR
15R
16- or the formula -CR
11R
12CR
13R
14-.
[0053] When W represents the formula -CR
15R
16-,
one preferred case of R
15 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
15 being a hydrogen atom or methyl, and an even more preferred case of R
15 being a hydrogen atom;
one preferred case of R
16 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
16 being a hydrogen atom or methyl, and an even more preferred case of R
16 being a hydrogen atom;
another preferred case of R
15 and R
16 is such that the R
15 and R
16, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-8 cycloalkane, with a more preferred case of R
15 and R
16 being such that the R
15 and R
16, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form cyclobutane, cyclopentane, or cyclohexane.
[0054] When W represents the formula -CR
11R
12CR
13R
14-,
one preferred case of R
11 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
11 being a hydrogen atom or methyl, and an even more preferred case of R
11 being a hydrogen atom;
one preferred case of R
12 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
12 being a hydrogen atom or methyl, and an even more preferred case of R
12 being a hydrogen atom;
another preferred case of R
11 and R
12 is such that the R
11 and R
12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-8 cycloalkane or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom,
with a more preferred case of R
11 and R
12 being such that the R
11 and R
12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-6 cycloalkane, and an even more preferred case of R
11 and R
12 being such that the R
11 and R
12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form cyclopropane;
one preferred case of R
13 is a hydrogen atom, C
1-4 alkyl, or halo-C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
13 being a hydrogen atom or methyl, and an even more preferred case of R
13 being a hydrogen atom;
one preferred case of R
14 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
14 being a hydrogen atom or methyl, and an even more preferred case of R
14 being a hydrogen atom;
another preferred case of R
13 and R
14 is such that the R
13 and R
14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-8 cycloalkane, a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom,
or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom (wherein the
4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom is optionally substituted
by one or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group
consisting of methyl, benzyl, phenylcarbonyl, and oxo), with a more preferred case
of R
13 and R
14 being such that the R
13 and R
14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-6 cycloalkane, an even more preferred case of R
13 and R
14 being such that the R
13 and R
14 together with the adjacent carbon atom, form cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane,
or cyclohexane, and a particularly preferred case of R
13 and R
14 being such that the R
13 and R
14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form cyclopropane.
[0055] A preferred case of Y is a single bond or C
1-6 alkanediyl (one of the carbon atoms in the C
1-4 alkanediyl is optionally substituted by C
3-6 cycloalkane-1,1-diyl), with a more preferred case of Y being a single bond, methanediyl,
ethane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,1-diyl, propane-2,2-diyl, cyclopropane-1,1-diyl, or ethane-1,2-diyl,
with an even more preferred case of Y being a single bond or methanediyl, and a particularly
preferred case of Y being methanediyl.
[0056] Preferred modes of R
2 are described below under (1) to (4).
- (1) A preferred case of R2 is C3-8 cycloalkyl{the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the same or different
and are selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl (the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one phenyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally
substituted by one halo-C1-6 alkyl), C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one halogen atom)],
C3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl)}, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which
are the same or different and are selected from group α3 of substituents), indanyl,
isoxazolyl [the isoxazolyl is optionally substituted by one phenyl (the phenyl is
optionally substituted by one halogen atom)], oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is optionally
substituted by one or two groups which are the same or different and are selected
from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl and phenyl), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one group
selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, phenyl, and morpholino), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by
one or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the aforementioned
group α5 of substituents), pyrimidinyl [the pyrimidinyl is optionally substituted
by one group selected from the group consisting of halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl)], pyrazinyl [the pyrazinyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl) and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl)], or benzothiophenyl;
- (2) A more preferred case of R2 is
C3-8 cycloalkyl {the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the same or different
and are selected from the group consisting of phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted
by one halo-C1-6 alkyl), C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one halogen atom)],
phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group
consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and halo-C1-6 alkyl)};
phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which are the
same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl {the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of
C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl)], phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl and halo-C1-6 alkyl)}, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two halogen atoms), phenyl [the phenyl
is optionally substituted by one to three groups which are the same or different and
are selected from the group consisting of carboxy, cyano, hydroxy, sulfamoyl, a halogen
atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylcarbonyl, di-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl (the C1-6 alkyl of the mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl is optionally substituted by one hydroxy), and di-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl], thienyl (the thienyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), isoxazolyl, thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one or two
groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting
of hydroxy, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of carboxy, hydroxy, amino, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl), pyrimidinyl (the pyrimidinyl is optionally substituted by one amino),
quinolyl, C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of hydroxy, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, and di-C1-6 alkylamino), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyls), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyls), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), indazolyl (the indazolyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), benzotriazolyl, imidazothiazoyl, and di-C1-6 alkylamino], halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyloxy, C3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl), C1-6 alkylsulfanyl, and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl);
pyridyl {the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the
same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl)], halo-C1-6 alkoxy, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C1-6 alkoxy], and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl)}; or pyrazinyl [the pyrazinyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl) and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl)];
- (3) An even more preferred case of R2 is
phenyl {the phenyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl [the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which are the
same or different and are selected from the group consisting of carboxy, cyano, hydroxy,
sulfamoyl, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylcarbonyl, di-C1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, C1-6 alkylsulfonyl, mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl (the C1-6 alkyl of the mono-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl is optionally substituted by one hydroxy), and di-C1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl], pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group
selected from the group consisting of carboxy, hydroxy, amino, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl), C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of hydroxy, a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, halo-C1-6 alkoxy, and di-C1-6 alkylamino), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl), oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyls), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyls), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), indazolyl (the indazolyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), benzotriazolyl, imidazothiazoyl, and di-C1-6 alkylamino], halo-C1-6 alkoxy, C3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl), C1-6 alkylsulfanyl, and C1-6 alkylsulfonyl and may further be substituted by one halogen atom};
pyridyl {the pyridyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C1-6 alkoxy [the C1-6 alkoxy is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of C3-8 cycloalkyl (the C3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl)], halo-C1-6 alkoxy, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C1-6 alkoxy], and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl) and may further be substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl}; or
pyrazinyl [the pyrazinyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is substituted by one C3-8 cycloalkyl) and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl)];
- (4) A particularly preferred case of R2 is
phenyl [the phenyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the
same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy) and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl) and may further be substituted by one halogen atom];
pyridyl {the pyridyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group
consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, halo-C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkoxy (the C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C1-6 alkoxy], and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C1-6 alkyl) and may further be substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom and C1-6 alkyl}; or
pyrazinyl substituted by one phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one
group selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C1-6 alkyl, and C3-8 cycloalkyl).
[0057] In the above case, preferred groups in group α3 of substituents are
a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl {the C
1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of
C
3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C
1-6 alkoxy [the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl)], phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of C
1-6 alkyl and halo-C
1-6 alkyl)}, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or two halogen atoms), phenyl (the phenyl
is optionally substituted by one to three groups which are the same or different and
are selected from group α4 of substituents), thienyl (the thienyl is optionally substituted
by one C
1-6 alkyl), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), isoxazolyl, thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one or two
groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting
of hydroxy, C
1-6 alkyl, and C
1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of carboxy, hydroxy, amino, a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, and C
1-6 alkylsulfonyl), pyrimidinyl (the pyrimidinyl is optionally substituted by one amino),
quinolyl, C
1-6 alkoxy [the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of carboxy, hydroxy, carbamoyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of hydroxy, a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, and di-C
1-6 alkylamino), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom and C
1-6 alkyl), oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C
1-6 alkyls), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C
1-6 alkyls), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substitduted by one C
1-6 alkyl), indazolyl (the indazolyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), benzotriazolyl, imidazothiazoyl, and di-C
1-6 alkylamino], halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, C
2-6 alkenyloxy, C
3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy), pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, and C
3-8 cycloalkyl), C
1-6 alkylsulfanyl, and C
1-6 alkylsulfonyl;
in the above case, preferred groups in group α4 of substituents are carboxy, cyano,
hydroxy, sulfamoyl, a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, C
1-6 alkylcarbonyl, di-C
1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, C
1-6 alkylsulfonyl, mono-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl (the C
1-6 alkyl of the mono-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl is optionally substituted by one hydroxy), and di-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl;
[0058] Preferred groups in group α5 of substituents are a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy [the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of a halogen atom and C
1-6 alkyl)], halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from group
α6 of substituents), pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one
or two groups which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom, cyano, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy (the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy], pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), and phenylsulfanyl (the phenylsulfanyl is optionally substituted by one halogen
atom);
in this case, preferred groups in group α6 of substituents are a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy.
[0059] A preferred case of Y
4 is C
1-3 alkanediyl, with a more preferred case of Y
4 being methanediyl;
a preferred case of R
3 is a hydrogen atom; and
a preferred case of R
4 is -COOH.
[0060] One preferred mode of the compounds of the present invention is compounds represented
by the below-mentioned formula (I-c) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:

wherein preferred modes of R
15, R
16, and R
2 are as described above.
[0061] In this case, a more preferred mode is where R
2 is phenyl [the phenyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group
consisting of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and trifluoromethyl), C
1-6 alkoxy (the C
1-6 alkoxy is substituted by one C
3-8 cycloalkyl), and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one trifluoromethyl)].
[0062] Another preferred mode of the compounds of the present invention is compounds represented
by the below-mentioned formula (I-a) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

wherein preferred modes of R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, and R
2 are as described above.
[0063] In this case, a more preferred mode is where R
11, R
12, R
13, and R
14 are all a hydrogen atom and where R
2 is C
3-8 cyclohexyl [the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl (the C
1-6 alkyl is substituted by one phenyl)] or phenyl (the phenyl is substituted by one
phenoxy).
[0064] Another preferred mode of the compound of the present invention is compounds represented
by the below-mentioned formula (I-b) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

wherein preferred modes of R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, and R
2 are as described above.
[0065] In this case, a more preferred mode is where R
11, R
12, R
13, and R
14 are all a hydrogen atom and where R
2 is
phenyl {the phenyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl [the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which are the
same or different and are selected from the group consisting of carboxy, cyano, hydroxy,
sulfamoyl, a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, C
1-6 alkylcarbonyl, di-C
1-6 alkylaminocarbonyl, C
1-6 alkylsulfonyl, mono-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl (the C
1-6 alkyl of the mono-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl is optionally substituted by one hydroxy), and di-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl], pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group
selected from the group consisting of carboxy, hydroxy, amino, a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, and C
1-6 alkylsulfonyl), C
1-6 alkoxy [the C
1-6 alkoxy is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of hydroxy, a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, and di-C
1-6 alkylamino), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom and C
1-6 alkyl), oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C
1-6 alkyls), pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one or two C
1-6 alkyls), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), indazolyl (the indazolyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), benzotriazolyl, imidazothiazoyl, and di-C
1-6 alkylamino], halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, C
3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6alkoxy), pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, and C
3-8 cycloalkyl), C
1-6 alkylsulfanyl, and C
1-6 alkylsulfonyl, and may further be substituted by one halogen atom};
pyridyl {the pyridyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C
1-6 alkoxy [the C
1-6alkoxy is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl) and phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of a halogen atom and C
1-6 alkyl)], halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the
group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy), pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, cyano, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy (the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy], and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl) and may further be substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom and C
1-6 alkyl}; or
pyrazinyl [the pyrazinyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C
1-6 alkoxy (the C
1-6 alkoxy is substituted by one C
3-8 cycloalkyl) and phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, and C
3-8 cycloalkyl)].
[0066] In the above case, an even more preferred mode is where R
11, R
12, R
13, and R
14 are all a hydrogen atom and where R
2 is
phenyl [the phenyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups which are the
same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy) and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, and C
3-8 cycloalkyl) and may further be substituted by one halogen atom];
pyridyl {the pyridyl is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group
consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy). pyridyl, phenoxy [the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one or two groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, cyano, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy (the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one phenyl), and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy], and pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl) and may further be substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom and C
1-6 alkyl}; or
pyrazinyl which is substituted by one phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted
by one group selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, and C
3-8 cycloalkyl).
[0067] And other preferred modes of the compounds of the present invention are as described
below (these modes also apply to the above-mentioned formulas (I-c), (I-a), and (I-b)).
[0068] One preferred case of R
11 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
11 being a hydrogen atom or methyl.
[0069] One preferred case of R
12 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
12 being a hydrogen atom or methyl.
[0070] Another preferred case of R
11 and R
12 is where the R
11 and R
12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-8 cycloalkane or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom,
with a more preferred case of R
11 and R
12 being where the R
11 and R
12, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-6 cycloalkane.
[0071] One preferred case of R
13 is a hydrogen atom, C
1-4 alkyl, or halo-C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
13 being a hydrogen atom or methyl.
[0072] One preferred case of R
14 is a hydrogen atom or C
1-4 alkyl, with a more preferred case of R
14 being a hydrogen atom or methyl.
[0073] And another preferred case of R
13 and R
14 is where the R
13 and R
14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-8 cycloalkane or a 4- to 8-membered saturated heterocycle containing an oxygen atom,
with a more preferred case of R
13 and R
14 being where the R
13 and R
14, together with the adjacent carbon atom, form C
3-6 cycloalkane.
[0074] A preferred case of Y is a single bond or C
1-6 alkanediyl (one of the carbon atoms in the C
1-6 alkanediyl is optionally substituted by C
3-6 cycloalkane-1,1-diyl);
a more preferred case of Y is a single bond, methanediyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,1-diyl,
propane-2,2-diyl, cyclopropane-1,1-diyl, or ethane-1,2-diyl;
and an even more preferred case of Y is a single bond or methanediyl.
[0075] A preferred case of R
2 is C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of phenyl and benzyl), phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three
groups which are the same or different and are selected from group α1 of substituents),
naphthyl, indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyrazolyl [the pyrazolyl is substituted by
one phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl) and may further be substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl], imidazolyl [the imidazolyl is substituted by one phenyl], isoxazolyl [the
isoxazolyl is substituted by one phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one
halogen atom)], oxazolyl (the oxazolyl is substituted by one phenyl and may further
be substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is substituted by one phenyl), pyridyl [the pyridyl
is substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of phenyl, phenoxy
(the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of a halogen atom, cyano, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy), and phenylsulfanyl (the phenylsulfanyl is optionally substituted by one
halogen atom)], pyrimidinyl (the pyrimidinyl is substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of cyclohexyl and phenyl), benzothiophenyl, quinolyl, or
methylenedioxyphenyl (the methylenedioxyphenyl is optionally substituted by one or
two fluorine atoms);
[0076] in this case, preferred groups in group α1 of substituents are
a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl {the C
1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting of
C
3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, and C
1-6 alkoxy [the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one C
3-8 cycloalkyl (the C
3-8 cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl)]}, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which
are the same or different and are selected from group α2 of substituents), thienyl,
pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), isoxazolyl, thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one or two
C
1-6 alkyls), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy), quinolyl, C
1-6 alkoxy [the C
1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected from the group consisting
of C
3-8 cycloalkyl and phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom and C
1-6 alkyl)], halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, C
1-6 alkenyloxy, C
3-8 cycloalkoxy, phenoxy (the phenoxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy), pyridyloxy (the pyridyloxy is optionally substituted by one group selected
from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, and halo-C
1-6 alkyl), and C
1-6 alkylsulfanyl;
in this case, preferred groups in group α2 of substituents are a halogen atom, cyano,
hydroxy, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, phenyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, C
1-6 alkylcarbonyl, and di-C
1-6 alkylaminosulfonyl.
[0077] The compounds of the present invention are ones having partially saturated, nitrogen-containing
heterocyclic structures and they may be in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable
salts (both types are hereinafter referred to as "compounds of the present invention"
as appropriate).
[0078] Examples of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts including
mineral acid salts such as hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, phosphate, sulfate,
and nitrate; sulfonic acid salts such as methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate,
p-toluenesulfonate, and trifluoromethanesulfonate; organic acid salts such as oxalate,
tartrate, citrate, maleate, succinate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, benzoate, mandelate,
ascorbate, lactate, gluconate, and malate; amino acid salts such as glylcine salt,
lysine salt, arginine salt, ornithine salt, glutamate, and aspartate; inorganic salts
such as lithium salt, sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt, and magnesium salt;
and salts with organic bases such as ammonium salt, triethylamine salt, diisopropylamine
salt, and cyclohexylamine salt. The term "salt(s)" as used herein encompass hydrate
salt(s).
[0079] The compounds of the present invention have an asymmetric center or asymmetric centers
in certain cases, where they give rise to a variety of optical isomers. Therefore,
the compounds of the present invention can exist as separate optical isomers (R) and
(S), or as a racemate or an (RS) mixture. In the case of compounds having two or more
asymmetric centers, they give rise to diastereomers due to their respective optical
isomerisms. The compounds of the present invention encompass mixtures that comprise
all these types of isomer in any proportions. For example, diastereomers can be separated
by methods well known to those skilled in the art, say, fractional crystallization,
and optically active forms can be obtained by techniques in organic chemistry that
are well known for this purpose. In addition, the compounds of the present invention
sometimes give rise to geometrical isomers such as
cis- and
trans-forms. Further in addition, the compounds of the present invention may have tautomerism
to give rise to a variety of tautomers. The compounds of the present invention encompass
the-above mentioned isomers, as well as mixtures comprising those isomers in any proportions.
[0080] Furthermore, if the compounds of the present invention or salts thereof form hydrates
or solvates, these are also included in the scope of the compounds of the present
invention or salts thereof.
[0081] The compounds of the present invention may be administered either independently or
together with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents.
[0082] In order to use the compounds of the present invention as medicines, they may assume
any forms, i.e., as a solid composition, a liquid composition, or other compositions,
with optimum forms being chosen depending on the need. The medicines of the present
invention can be produced by incorporating pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for
the compounds of the present invention. Stated specifically, commonly used excipients,
fillers, binders, disintegrants, coating agents, sugar coating agents, pH modifiers,
solubilizers, or aqueous or non-aqueous solvents, etc. may be added and commonly used
pharmaceutical formulation techniques may be applied to prepare tablets, pills, capsules,
granules, dusts, powders, liquids, emulsions, suspensions, injections, etc. Examples
of the excipients and fillers include lactose, magnesium stearate, starch, talc, gelatin,
agar, pectin, gum Arabic, olive oil, sesame oil, cocoa butter, ethylene glycol, and
any other substances commonly used as excipients or fillers.
[0083] In addition, the compounds of the present invention may be formulated in pharmaceutical
preparations by forming inclusion compounds with α, β or y-cyclodextrin or methylated
cyclodextrin, etc.
[0084] If the compounds of the present invention are used as PHD2 inhibitors and the like,
they may be administered either orally or non-orally as such. Alternatively, the compounds
of the present invention may be administered either orally or non-orally as agents
that comprise them as the active ingredient. Example of non-oral administration include
intravenous, transnasal, percutaneous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, and sublingual
administrations.
[0085] The dosage of the compounds of the present invention varies with the subject of administration,
the route of administration, the disease to be treated, the symptoms, and the like;
for example, if they are to be administered orally to an adult patient presenting
with anemia, a single dosage typically ranges from 0.1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably from
1 mg to 200 mg and this dosage is desirably administered once to three times a day,
or once every two or three days.
[0086] It should be mentioned that the compounds of the present invention have properties
desirable as pharmaceutical products. A property that can be given as an example is
one that enables avoiding an excessive production of erythropoietin.
[0087] The PHD2 inhibitory effect of the compounds of the present invention can be evaluated
by known techniques such as the methods described herein under the Tests.
[0088] Hereinafter, the processes for producing the compounds of the present invention are
described in detail but are not particularly limited to the following illustrations.
In addition, the solvents to be used in reactions may be of any types that will not
interfere with the respective reactions and they are not particularly limited to the
following description.
[0089] On the following pages, the processes for producing the compounds represented by
formula (I) or (I') - hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (I) or the
compound (I') - are described.
[0090] The compound (I) or (I') can be produced by methods known per se, for example, Processes
1 to 10 or modifications thereof. It should also be noted that in the respective production
methods described below, the starting compounds may be used in the form of salts and
examples of such salts include the aforementioned "pharmaceutically acceptable salts."
In addition, the target compounds may also be obtained in the form of salts and examples
of such salts include the aforementioned "pharmaceutically acceptable salts."
[0091] Further in addition, the obtained target compounds may be used in the next step in
a yet-to-be purified state.
[0092] Compound (I-9) that belongs to the compound (I) or (I') of the present invention
can be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 1 or modifications
thereof. Production Process 1:

[wherein R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, and R
2 have the same meanings as defined above; R
a represents a hydrogen atom, methyl, or ethyl; Y
2 represents a single bond or C
1-5 alkanediyl; P
1, P
2, and P
3 represent common protective groups for carboxylic acids, as exemplified by the groups
described in
Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (3rd Edition, 1999, edited by P. G. M. Wuts
and T. W. Greene), etc. and specific examples are C
1-6 alkyl, benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, etc.]
[Step 1-1]
[0093] This step is a process for producing compound (I-3) by performing a reductive amination
reaction using compound (I-1) and compound (I-2).
[0094] Reducing agents that can be used in the reaction include sodium triacetoxyborohydride,
sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, borane-2-picoline complex, etc. The amount
of the reducing agents to be used ranges from one to three equivalents, preferably
from one to two equivalents, relative to one equivalent of compound (I-1).
[0095] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include, for example, alcoholic solvents
such as methanol and ethanol; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane;
halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvents such as methylene chloride and chloroform;
aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents such as toluene and xylene; and aprotic polar
solvents such as N,N-dimethyformamide.
[0096] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between 0°C and the reflux
temperature.
[0097] The thus obtained compound (I-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 1-2]
[0098] This step is a process for producing compound (I-5) by reacting compound (I-3) with
compound (I-4) in the presence of a base.
[0099] Bases that can be used in the reaction typically include, for example, triethylamine,
pyridine, etc. The amount of the bases to be used ranges from one to five equivalents,
preferably from one to three equivalents, relative to one equivalent of compound (I-3).
[0100] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include, for example, ether-based solvents
such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvents such as
methylene chloride and chloroform; aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents such as toluene
and xylene; and aprotic polar solvents such as ethyl acetate and N,N-dimethyformamide.
[0101] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between 0°C and room temperature.
[0102] The thus obtained compound (I-5) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 1-3]
[0103] This step is a process for producing compound (I-6) by cyclizing compound (I-5) in
the presence of a base.
[0104] Bases that can be used in the reaction typically include, for example, sodium ethoxide,
sodium methoxide, sodium hydride, potassium tert-butoxide, potassium carbonate, cesium
carbonate, etc. The amount of the bases to be used typically ranges from one to five
equivalents, preferably from two to three equivalents, relative to one equivalent
of compound (I-5).
[0105] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include, for example, alcoholic solvents
such as methanol, ethanol, and propanol; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydrofuran
and dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvents such as methylene chloride and
chloroform; aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents such as toluene and xylene; and aprotic
polar solvents such as ethyl acetate and N,N-dimethyformamide.
[0106] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between 0°C and the reflux
temperature.
[0107] The thus obtained compound (I-6) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 1-4]
[0108] This step is a process for producing compound (I-8) from compound (1-6) and compound
(I-7).
[0109] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include, for example, ether-based solvents
such as 1,2-dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane; halogenated hydrocarbon-based
solvents such as methylene chloride and chloroform; aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents
such as toluene and xylene; and aprotic polar solvents such as N,N-dimethyformamide.
[0110] The reaction of interest may employ a base as an additive. Examples of the base include
triethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, etc.
[0111] This reaction can typically be carried out at between room temperature and the reflux
temperature.
[0112] The thus obtained compound (I-8) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 1-5]
[0113] This step is a process for producing compound (I-9) by deprotecting compound (I-8).
[0114] This reaction can be carried out by, for example, the method described in
Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (3rd Edition, 1999, edited by P. G. M. Wuts
and T. W. Greene), etc. or modifications thereof. Specifically, if P
3 is tert-butyl, 4-methoxybenzyl or trimethylsilyl, compound (I-9) can be produced
using a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid or an organic acid such as acetic acid
or trifluoroacetic acid in a solvent such as an ether-based solvent, say, tetrahydrofuran
or dioxane, a halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvent, say, methylene chloride or chloroform,
or an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent, say, toluene or xylene. If P
3 is benzyl or 4-methoxybenzyl, compound (I-9) can also be produced by hydrogenolysis
in a solvent such as an alcoholic solvent, say, methanol or ethanol, an ether-based
solvent, say, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, a halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvent,
say, methylene chloride or chloroform, or an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent, say,
toluene or xylene in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-carbon. If P
3 is 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, trimethylsilyl, or tert-butyldimethylsilyl, it is also
possible to produce compound (I-9) by treatment with potassium fluoride, tetrabutylammonium
fluoride, etc. If P
3 is methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl, the solvent to be used may be an alcoholic solvent
such as methanol or ethanol, an ether-based solvent such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane,
an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent such as toluene or xylene, an aprotic polar
solvent such as acetonitrile or N,N-dimethylformamide, water, or the like; these solvents
may be used in admixture at appropriate proportions and the treatment with a base
such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate,
cesium carbonate, etc., can also produce compound (I-9).
[0115] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between room temperature
and the reflux temperature.
[0116] The thus obtained compound (I-9) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0117] Compound (II-6) that belongs to the compound (I) or (I') of the present invention
can be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 2 or modifications
thereof.
Production Process 2:

[wherein R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, P
1, P
2, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above; R
b represents a hydrogen atom, phenyl, or benzyl; n represents an integer of 0 to 5].
[Step 2-1]
[0118] This step is a process for producing compound (II-2) from compound (I-1) and compound
(II-1).
[0119] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-1 of Production Process 1.
[0120] The thus obtained compound (II-2) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 2-2]
[0121] This step is a process for producing compound (II-3) from compound (II-2) and compound
(I-4).
[0122] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-2 of Production Process 1.
[0123] The thus obtained compound (II-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 2-3]
[0124] This step is a process for producing compound (II-4) from compound (II-3).
[0125] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-3 of Production Process 1.
[0126] The thus obtained compound (II-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 2-4]
[0127] This step is a process for producing compound (II-5) from compound (II-4) and compound
(I-7).
[0128] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-4 of Production Process 1.
[0129] The thus obtained compound (II-5) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 2-5]
[0130] This step is a process for producing compound (II-6) from compound (II-5).
[0131] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0132] The thus obtained compound (II-5) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0133] Compound (III-6) that belongs to the compound (I) or (I') of the present invention
can be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 3 or modifications
thereof.
Production Process 3:

[wherein R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, R
2, P
1, P
2, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above; L
1 represents a common leaving group, say, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine
atom, methanesulfonyloxy, p-toluenesulfonyloxy, etc.; Y
3 represents C
1-6 alkanediyl].
[Step 3-1]
[0134] This step is a process for producing compound (III-2) by reacting compound (I-1)
with compound (III-1) in the presence of a base.
[0135] Bases that can be used in the reaction include, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium
tert-butoxide, triethylamine, pyridine, cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium
carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, etc. The amount of the bases to be used ranges
from one to three equivalents relative to one equivalent of compound (I-1).
[0136] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include, for example, alcoholic solvents
such as methanol and ethanol; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane;
halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvents such as methylene chloride and chloroform;
aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents such as toluene and xylene; and aprotic polar
solvents such as acetonitrile and N,N-dimethyformamide.
[0137] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between 0°C and the reflux
temperature.
[0138] The thus obtained compound (III-2) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 3-2]
[0139] This step is a process for producing compound (III-3) from compound (III-2) and compound
(I-4).
[0140] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-2 of Production Process 1.
[0141] The thus obtained compound (III-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 3-3]
[0142] This step is a process for producing compound (III-4) from compound (III-3).
[0143] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-3 of Production Process 1.
[0144] The thus obtained compound (III-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 3-4]
[0145] This step is a process for producing compound (III-5) from compound (III-4) and compound
(I-7).
[0146] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-4 of Production Process 1.
[0147] The thus obtained compound (III-5) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 3-5]
[0148] This step is a process for producing compound (III-6) from compound (III-5).
[0149] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0150] The thus obtained compound (III-6) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0151] Compound (IV-7) that belongs to the compound (I) or (I') of the present invention
can be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 4 or modifications
thereof.
Production Process 4:

[wherein R
11, R
13, R
14, R
2, P
1, P
2, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above; Y
1 represents a single bond or C
1-6 alkanediyl (one of the carbon atoms in the C
1-6 alkanediyl is optionally substituted by C
3-6 cycloalkane-1,1-diyl)].
[Step 4-1]
[0152] This step is a process for producing compound (IV-3) by reacting compound (IV-1)
with compound (IV-2).
[0153] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include alcoholic solvents such as methanol
and ethanol; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; halogenated
hydrocarbon-based solvents such as methylene chloride and chloroform; aromatic hydrocarbon-based
solvents such as toluene and xylene; aprotic polar solvents such as acetonitrile and
N,N-dimethyformamide; water, etc; these solvents may be used in admixture at appropriate
proportions.
[0154] In the reaction of interest, a base or an acid may be used as an additive. Examples
of the base include sodium hydride, potassium tert-butoxide, triethylamine, pyridine,
cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate,
etc. Examples of the acid include acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, etc.
[0155] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between 0°C and the reflux
temperature; it may even be carried out under irradiation with microwaves.
[0156] The thus obtained compound (IV-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 4-2]
[0157] This step is a process for producing compound (IV-4) from compound (IV-3) and compound
(I-4).
[0158] The reaction of interest may be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-2 of Production Process 1.
[0159] The thus obtained compound (IV-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 4-3]
[0160] This step is a process for producing compound (IV-5) from compound (IV-4).
[0161] The reaction of interest may be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-3 of Production Process 1.
[0162] The thus obtained compound (IV-5) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 4-4]
[0163] This step is a process for producing compound (IV-6) from compound (IV-5) and compound
(I-7).
[0164] The reaction of interest may be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-4 of Production Process 1.
[0165] The thus obtained compound (IV-6) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 4-5]
[0166] This step is a process for producing compound (IV-7) from compound (IV-6).
[0167] The reaction of interest may be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0168] The thus obtained compound (IV-7) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0169] Compound (V-4) that belongs to the compound (I) or (I') of the present invention
can be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 5 or modifications
thereof.
Production Process 5:

[wherein R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, Y
1, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above; ring A represents phenyl (the phenyl is
optionally substituted by one to four groups which are the same or different and are
selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, halo-C
1-6 alkoxy, and C
3-8 cycloalkoxy) or pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups
which are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of a halogen
atom, C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy); L
2 represents a common leaving group, say, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine
atom, an iodine atom, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, etc.; M
1-R
c represents a metal-containing organometallic compound, wherein M
1 represents boronic acid, a boronic acid ester, magnesium bromide, magnesium chloride,
etc. and R
c represents C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
3-8 cycloalkyl, phenyl (the phenyl is optionally substituted by one to three groups which
are the same or different and are selected from group α2 of substituents), thienyl,
pyrazolyl (the pyrazolyl is optionally substituted by one C
1-6 alkyl), isoxazolyl, thiazoyl (the thiazoyl is optionally substituted by one or two
C
1-6 alkyls), pyridyl (the pyridyl is optionally substituted by one group selected from
the group consisting of C
1-6 alkyl, halo-C
1-6 alkyl, C
1-6 alkoxy, and halo-C
1-6 alkoxy), quinolyl, etc.; compound (V-1) can be produced by implementing the procedures
of the steps in Production Processes 1 to 4].
[Step 5-1]
[0170] This step is a process for producing compound (V-3) by performing a coupling reaction
using compound (V-1) and organometallic compound (V-2).
[0171] If M
1 is boronic acid or a boronic acid ester, the reaction of interest is the so-called
Suzuki-Miyaura coupling reaction and can be carried out by documented processes (
Tetrahedron Letters, 1979, 20, 3437-3440;
Chemical reviews, 1995, 95, 2457-2483) or modifications thereof in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base. If
M
1 is a Grignard reagent such as magnesium bromide or magnesium chloride, compound (V-3)
can be produced in the presence of a palladium catalyst.
[0172] In this case, a metallic reagent such as indium chloride may be added as appropriate.
The amount of compound (V-2) to be used in the step under consideration ranges from
one to five equivalents, preferably from one to three equivalents, relative to one
equivalent of compound (V-1).
[0173] Palladium catalysts that may be used in the coupling reaction include those which
are known to skilled artisans, as exemplified by tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0),
bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0), bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II)
dichloride, bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) acetate and [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II)
dichloride dichloromethane complex (1:1), etc. If desired, a palladium(0) catalyst,
as generated in the system using palladium(II) acetate and a phosphine reagent such
as triphenylphosphine or tri(2-methylphenyl)phosphine in the presence of a base, may
be used for the reaction. The amount of the palladium catalyst to be used typically
varies from 0.01 to 0.5 equivalents, preferably from 0.05 to 0.3 equivalents, relative
to one equivalent of compound (V-1).
[0174] Bases that can be used include potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate,
sodium hydrogencarbonate, tripotassium phosphate, potassium fluoride, cesium fluoride,
triethylamine, etc. The amount of the bases to be used typically varies from one to
five equivalents, preferably from one to three equivalents, relative to one equivalent
of compound (V-1).
[0175] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include alcoholic solvents such as methanol,
ethanol, and ethylene glycol; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane,
and 1,2-dimethoxyethane; aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents such as toluene and xylene;
aprotic polar solvents such as acetonitrile and N,N-dimethyformamide; water, etc;
these solvents may be used in admixture at appropriate proportions.
[0176] In the reaction of interest, a copper compound may be used as an additive. Examples
of the copper compound include copper(I) iodide, copper(II) acetate, etc.
[0177] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between room temperature
and 180°C; it may even be carried out under irradiation with microwaves.
[0178] The thus obtained compound (V-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 5-2]
[0179] This step is a process for producing compound (V-4) from compound (V-3).
[0180] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0181] The thus obtained compound (V-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0182] Compound (VI-2) that belongs to the compound (I) or (I') of the present invention
can be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 6 or modifications
thereof.
Production Process 6:

[wherein R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, Y
1, ring A, L
2, M
1, and R
c have the same meanings as defined above, and compound (VI-1) can be produced by implementing
the procedures of the steps in Production Processes 1 to 4].
[Step 6-1]
[0183] This step is a process for producing compound (VI-2) from compound (VI-1) and organometallic
compound (V-2).
[0184] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 5-1 of Production Process 5.
[0185] The thus obtained compound (VI-2) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0186] Compound (VII-6) that belongs to the compound (I') of the present invention can be
produced by, for example, the following Production Process 7 or modifications thereof.
Production Process 7:

[wherein R
15, R
16, R
a, R
2, Y
2, P
1, P
2, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above].
[[Step 7-1]
[0187] This step is a process for producing compound (VII-2) from compound (VII-1) and compound
(I-2).
[0188] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step I-1 of Production Process 1.
[0189] The thus obtained compound (VII-2) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 7-2]
[0190] This step is a process for producing compound (VII-3) from compound (VII-2) and compound
(I-4).
[0191] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step1-2 of Production Process 1.
[0192] The thus obtained compound (VII-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 7-3]
[0193] This step is a process for producing compound (VII-4) from compound (VII-3).
[0194] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-3 of Production Process 1.
[0195] The thus obtained compound (VII-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 7-4]
[0196] This step is a process for producing compound (VII-5) from compound (VII-4) and compound
(I-7).
[0197] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-4 of Production Process 1.
[0198] The thus obtained compound (VII-5) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 7-5]
[0199] This step is a process for producing compound (VII-6) from compound (VII-5).
[0200] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0201] The thus obtained compound (VII-6) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0202] Compound (VIII-4) that belongs to the compound (I') of the present invention can
be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 8 or modifications thereof.
Production Process 8:

[wherein R
15, R
16, R
a, R
2, Y
2, P
1, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above].
[Step 8-1]
[0203] This step is a process for producing compound (VIII-2) by performing a condensation
reaction using compound (VII-2) and compound (VIII-1).
[0204] Reagents that can be used in the condensation reaction include the combination of
1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, as well
as 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole, propylphosphonic acid anhydride (cyclic trimer), etc.
The amount of the condensation agent to be used varies from one to three equivalents,
preferably from one to two equivalents, relative to one equivalent of compound (VII-2).
[0205] In the reaction of interest, a base can be used as an additive. Examples of the base
include triethylamine and so forth.
[0206] Solvents that can be used in the reaction include, for example, alcoholic solvents
such as methanol and ethanol; ether-based solvents such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane;
halogenated hydrocarbon-based solvents such as methylene chloride and chloroform;
aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents such as toluene and xylene; and aprotic polar
solvents such as N,N-dimethyformamide.
[0207] The reaction of interest can typically be carried out at between 0°C and the reflux
temperature.
[0208] The thus obtained compound (VIII-2) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 8-2]
[0209] This step is a process for producing compound (VIII-3) from compound (VIII-2).
[0210] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-3 of Production Process 1.
[0211] The thus obtained compound (VIII-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 8-3]
[0212] This step is a process for producing compound (VIII-4) from compound (VIII-3).
[0213] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0214] The thus obtained compound (VIII-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0215] Compound (IX-4) that belongs to the compound (I) or (I') of the present invention
can be produced by, for example, the following Production Process 9 or modifications
thereof.
Production Process 9:

[wherein R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, R
2, Y
1, P
1, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above, and compound (IX-1) can be produced by implementing
the procedures of Production Processes 1 to 4].
[Step 9-1]
[0216] This step is a process for producing compound (IX-2) by performing a condensation
reaction using compound (IX-1) and compound (VIII-1).
[0217] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 8-1 of Production Process 8.
[0218] The thus obtained compound (IX-2) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 9-2]
[0219] This step is a process for producing compound (IX-3) from compound (IX-2).
[0220] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-3 of Production Process 1.
[0221] The thus obtained compound (IX-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 9-3]
[0222] This step is a process for producing compound (IX-4) from compound (IX-3).
[0223] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0224] The thus obtained compound (IX-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[0225] Compound (X-4) that belongs to the compound (I') of the present invention can be
produced by, for example, the following Production Process 10 or modifications thereof.
Production Process 10:

[wherein R
11, R
12, R
13, R
14, R
2, R
3, Y
1, Y
4, P
2, and P
3 have the same meanings as defined above, and compound (X-1) can be produced by implementing
the procedures of Production Processes 1 to 4].
[Step 10-1]
[0226] This step is a process for producing compound (X-3) from compound (X-1) and compound
(X-2).
[0227] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-4 of Production Process 1.
[0228] The thus obtained compound (X-3) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
[Step 10-2]
[0229] This step is a process for producing compound (X-4) from compound (X-3).
[0230] The reaction of interest can be carried out by a modification of the method described
in Step 1-5 of Production Process 1.
[0231] The thus obtained compound (X-4) can be isolated and purified by known separation/purification
means, such as concentrating, concentrating under reduced pressure, re-precipitation,
extraction with solvent, crystallization, chromatography, etc.
EXAMPLES
[0232] The present invention is described in greater detail by means of the following Reference
Examples, Working Examples, and Tests but it should be understood that these are by
no means intended to limit the present invention and may be changed to the extent
that will not depart from the scope of the present invention.
[0233] The abbreviations used herein denote the following meanings.
s: singlet
d: doublet
t: triplet
q: quartet
quin: quintet
sept: septet
dd: double doublet
dt: double triplet
td: triplet doublet
m: multiplet
br: broad
J: coupling constant
Hz: Hertz
CHLOROFORM-d: deuterated chloroform
DMSO-d
6: deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide
METHANOL-d
4: deuterated methanol
[0234] Proton nuclear magnetic resonance (
1H-NMR) spectrometry was implemented by the following Fourier transform NMR spectrometers.
200 MHz: Gemini 2000 (Agilent Technologies)
300 MHz: Inova 300 (Agilent Technologies)
600 MHz: JNM-ECA 600 (JEOL)
[0235] For analysis, ACD/SpecManager ver. 12.01 (product name), ACD/Spectrus Processor™,
etc. were used. Very mild peaks derived from the protons of a hydroxy group, an amino
group and other species are not reported.
[0236] Mass spectrometry (MS) was implemented by the following spectrometers.
Platform LC (Waters)
LCMS-2010EV (Shimadzu)
LCMS-IT-TOF (Shimadzu)
GCT (Micromass)
Agilent 6130 (Agilent)
LCQ Deca XP (ThermoFisher Scientific)
[0237] The ionization technique used was ESI (electrospray ionization), EI (electron ionization),
or dual ionization employing ESI and APCI (atmospheric pressure chemical ionization).
Found data are reported. Molecular ion peaks are usually observed but in the case
of compounds having a hydroxy group (-OH), fragment peaks are sometimes observed with
H
2O eliminated. In the case of salts, molecular ion peaks or fragment ion peaks of their
free forms are usually observed.
[0238] Purification by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (preparative HPLC)
was conducted under the following conditions. It should, however, be noted that in
the case of compounds having basic functional groups, neutralization or other operations
for obtaining their free forms may have to be performed when trifluoroacetic acid
is used in the HPLC operation.
Apparatus: Gilson's preparative HPLC system
Column: Waters' SunFire™ Prep C18 OBD™ (5 µm, 30 x 50 mm)
Flow rate: 40 mL/min; Detection method: UV 254 nm
Solvent: Solution A, 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid containing water; Solution B, 0.1
% trifluoroacetic acid containing acetonitrile
Gradient: 0 min (Solution A/Solution B = 90/10), 2 min (Solution A/Solution B = 90/10),
12 min (Solution A/Solution B = 20/80), 13.5 min (Solution A/Solution B = 5/95), 15
min
(Solution A/Solution B = 5/95)
[0239] Analysis by optical high-performance liquid chromatography (optical HPLC) was conducted
under the following conditions.
Apparatus: Agilent 1100 (product of Agilent)
Column: DAICEL's CHIRALCEL OD-H (5 µm, 4.6 x 250 mm)
Flow rate: 0.5 mL/min; Detection method: UV 254 nm
Solvent: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid containing acetonitrile
[0240] Purification by optical preparative high-performance liquid chromatography (optical
preparative HPLC) was conducted under the following conditions.
Apparatus: Gilson's preparative HPLC system
Column: DAICEL's CHIRALCEL OD (10 µm, 20 x 250 mm)
Flow rate: 5 mL/min; Detection method: UV 254 nm
Solvent: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid containing acetonitrile
[0241] For X-ray crystallography, XR-AXIS RAPID II (Rigaku) was used.
[0242] The optical purity of optically active forms was evaluated in terms of percent enantiomeric
excess (%ee). This parameter was calculated from the following equation using the
data obtained by optical HPLC.
{For (R)-form}

[wherein (R) and (S) represent the absolute configurations of the respective enantiomers,
as well as their peak areas in optical high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC)].
[0243] Percent enantiomeric excess was similarly determined for the (S)-form.
[0244] The phase separator used was Biotage's ISOLUTE (registered trademark) Phase Separator.
[0245] The microwave reactor was Biotage's Initiator.
[0246] Compound names were assigned by means of ACD/Name (ACD/Labs 12.01, Advanced Chemistry
Development Inc.)
[0247] Elemental analysis was conducted with the following apparatuses.
2400II (Perkin Elmer)
vario MICRO cube (elementar)
MT-6 (Yanaco Analytical Instruments Inc.)
[0248] Ion chromatographic analysis was conducted with the following apparatuses.
DX500 (Dionex)
XS100 (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)
ICS3000 (Dionex)
[0249] Melting points were measured with the following apparatus.
MP-J3 (Yanaco Instrument Development Laboratory)
[0250] In the tables given in the Reference Examples and Working Examples, salt information
is left blank for some compounds, indicating that they were obtained in the form of
free forms.
Reference Example 1-1
Methyl (4-aminotetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)acetate hydrochloride
[0251]

(1) Synthesis of methyl tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-ylidene acetate
[0252]

To a solution of tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (10.0 g) in toluene (200 mL), methyl (triphenylphosphoranylidene)acetate
was added at room temperature. After stirring at 100°C for 15 hours, the mixture was
cooled to room temperature. After concentrating under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate
(200 mL) and n-hexane (200 mL) were added. After removing the precipitate by filtration,
the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 95:5-50:50) to give
methyl tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-ylidene acetate as a colorless oil (13.9 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.30 - 2.37 (m, 2 H) 2.95 - 3.05 (m, 2 H) 3.70
(s, 3 H) 3.71 - 3.81 (m, 4 H) 5.69 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 157[M+H]
+, 179[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of methyl (4-aminotetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)acetate
[0253]

An 8 mol/L ammonia-methanol solution (100 mL) of the compound (13.6 g) obtained in
step (1) above was stirred in a sealed tube at 90°C for 4 days. After being cooled
to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 100:0-90:10)
to give methyl (4-aminotetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)acetate as a yellow oil (7.09 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.44 - 1.56 (m, 2 H) 1.64 - 1.79 (m, 2 H) 2.45
(s, 2 H) 3.63 - 3.86 (m, 7 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 174[M+H]
+, 196[M+Na]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0254] To an ethyl acetate solution (100 mL) of the compound (7.09 g) in step (2) above,
a 4 mol/L hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (10.2 mL) was added. Thereafter,
n-hexane was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes.
The precipitate was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a colorless
solid (5.72 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.76 - 1.85 (m, 4 H) 2.90 (s, 2 H) 3.49 - 3.61 (m, 2 H) 3.63 - 3.68 (m, 3
H) 3.70 - 3.83 (m, 2 H) 8.35 (br. s., 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 174[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 1-2
tert-Butyl 4-amino-4-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate
[0255]

[0256] Instead of tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one, 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-piperidone (5.00
g) was used and treated by the same techniques as in Reference Example 1-1(1) and
(2) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (4.65 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.45 (s, 9 H) 1.49 - 1.52 (m, 2 H) 1.53 - 1.60
(m, 2 H) 2.41 (s, 2 H) 3.28 - 3.35 (m, 2 H) 3.58 - 3.68 (m, 2 H) 3.69 (s, 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 273[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 1-3
tert-Butyl 3-amino-3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)azetidine-1-carboxylate
[0257]

(1) Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethylidene)azetidine-1-carboxylate
[0258]

[0259] Instead of tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one, 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-azetidinone (4.90
g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 1-1(1) to give
tert-butyl 3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethylidene)azetidine-1-carboxylate as a colorless oil
(6.21 g).
1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.38 - 1.41 (m, 9 H) 3.61 - 3.67 (m, 3 H) 4.52 - 4.60 (m, 2 H) 4.66 - 4.73
(m, 2 H) 5.84 - 5.93 (m, 1 H)
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 226[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0260] To a solution in ethanol (60 mL) of the compound (6.04 g) obtained in step (1) above,
a solution of 28% ammonia in water was added and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for
9 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure to give the titled compound as a crude product (8.14 g). The
titled compound was used in the next reaction as it remained the crude product.
Reference Example 2-1
Methyl (1-aminocyclobutyl)acetate
[0261]

(1) Synthesis of 1-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-one
[0262]

[0263] To a solution of methylenecyclobutane (2.35 g) in diethyl ether (34.9 mL), chlorosulfonyl
isocyanate (4.88 g) was slowly added under cooling with ice and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 30 minutes. After successively adding a solution of 20% sodium
thiosulfate in water (43.0 mL) and a solution of 10% potassium hydroxide in water
(43.0 mL) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 2 hours. Following
the confirmation that the interior of the reaction system was strongly basic, the
mixture was extracted with diethyl ether nine times. The combined organic layers were
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the desiccant was removed by filtration.
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 1-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-one
as a yellow oil (2.71 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.63 - 1.82 (m, 2 H) 2.17 - 2.45 (m, 4 H) 2.96
- 2.99 (m, 2 H) 5.90 - 6.56 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 112[M+H]
+, 134[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0264] To a solution in methanol (60.0 mL) of the compound (2.67 g) obtained in step (1)
above, conc. sulfuric acid was added slowly. After refluxing for an hour, the mixture
was cooled to room temperature. After concentrating the mixture under reduced pressure,
ethyl acetate was added and the mixture was extracted with 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid
twice. To the combined aqueous layers, potassium carbonate was added at 0°C until
pH > 10. After ten extractions with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were
dried over added anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration,
the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled compound as
a pale yellow oil (2.82 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.59 - 1.99 (m, 4 H) 2.03 - 2.16 (m, 2 H) 2.61
(s, 2 H) 3.69 (s, 3 H).
MS ESI posi: 144[M+H]
+, 166[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 2-2
Methyl 3-amino-2,2,3-trimethylbutanoate hydrochloride
[0265]

(1) Synthesis of 3,3,4,4-tetramethylazetidin-2-one
[0266]

[0267] To a solution of 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene (5.76 g) in toluene (46.0 mL), chlorosulfonyl
isocyanate (5.91 mL) was added at 0°C. After being stirred at that temperature for
10 minutes, the mixture was brought to room temperature. After being stirred for 45
minutes, the mixture was diluted with added toluene (69.0 mL). To a mixture of a solution
of 25% sodium hydroxide in water (49.1 mL) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (99.0
mg), the reaction mixture was added over a period of one hour. The resulting mixture
was added dropwise to a solution of 25% sodium hydroxide in water and the mixture
was stirred at 50°C for an hour. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture
was extracted with toluene twice. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine and dried over added anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed
by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was recrystallized with toluene to give 3,3,4,4-tetramethylazetidin-2-one
as a colorless solid (5.52 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.22 (s, 6 H) 1.33 (s, 6 H) 5.79 (br. s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 128[M+H]
+, 150[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 126[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0268] To the compound (5.52 g) obtained in step (1) above, a 2 mol/L hydrogen chloride-methanol
solution (40.0 mL) was added and the mixture was refluxed for 5 hours. Further, a
2 mol/L hydrogen chloride-methanol solution (20.0 mL) was added and the mixture was
refluxed for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, toluene (40.0 mL) was added
and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. After cooling the residue
to 0°C, the precipitate was recovered by filtration and washed with toluene. The recovered
precipitate was dried under reduced pressure to give the titled compound as a colorless
solid (4.67 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.36 (s, 6 H) 1.51 (s, 6 H) 3.73 - 3.83 (m, 3
H) 8.25 - 8.83 (m, 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 160[M+H]
+, 182[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 2-3
Methyl 3-amino3-ethylpentanoate hydrochloride
[0269]

[0270] Instead of 2,3-dimethyl-2-butene, 2-ethyl-1-butene (10.0 g) was used and treated
by the same technique as in Reference Example 2-2 to give the titled compound as a
colorless amorphous mass (12.0 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.06 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 6 H) 1.79 - 2.02 (m, 4 H) 2.80
(s, 2 H) 3.74 (s, 3 H) 8.52 (br. s., 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 160[M+H]
+, 182[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 3-1
Ethyl 3-amino-2,2-difluoropropanoate hydrochloride
[0271]

[0272] To ethanol (12.0 mL), thionyl chloride (0.587 mL) was added at 0°C and the mixture
was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes. After adding 3-amino-2,2-difluoropropionic
acid hydrochloride (950 mg) at 0°C, the mixture was refluxed for 4 hours. After being
cooled to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. After
adding ethyl acetate, the resulting precipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled compound as a pale brown
oil (920 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.36 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3 H) 3.84 (t, J=14.1 Hz, 2
H) 4.40 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2 H) 8.70 (br. s., 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 154[M+H]
+.
[0273] In the following Reference Examples 3-2 and 3-3, a commercial grade of the corresponding
β-alanine compounds was used as the starting material and treated by the method described
in Reference Example 3-1 or a modification thereof to synthesize the intended compounds.
The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are shown in
Table 1-1 below.

Reference Example 3-4
Methyl (3R)-3-amino-4-hydroxybutanoate hydrochloride
[0274]

[0275] To a solution of L-β-homoserine (1.00 g) in methanol (8.4 mL), a 4 mol/L hydrogen
chloride-1,4-dioxane solution (8.4 mL) was added and thereafter the mixture was stirred
at 60°C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure
to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (1.42 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.69 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2 H) 3.34 - 3.60 (m, 2 H) 3.64 (s, 3 H) 4.27 - 4.57 (m,
1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 134[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 3-5
Methyl (3S)-3-amino-4-hydroxybutanoate hydrochloride
[0276]

[0277] Instead of L-β-homoserine, D-β-homoserine (1.00 g) was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 3-4 to give the titled compound as a pale yellow
oil (1.42 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.70 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H) 3.35 - 3.60 (m, 2 H) 3.64 (s, 3 H) 4.29 - 4.55 (m,
1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 134[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 4-1
Ethyl (1-aminocyclopropyl)acetate hydrochloride
[0278]

(1) Synthesis of 3-(benzyloxy)propanenitrile
[0279]

[0280] To a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil; 14.6 g) in tetrahydrofuran
(281 mL), ethylene cyanohydrin (21.0 mL) was added dropwise at 0°C and the mixture
was stirred at that temperature for 40 minutes. After adding benzyl bromide (44.4
mL) to the reaction mixture, the resulting mixture was stirred overnight as it was
brought to room temperature. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was
added to the reaction mixture, which was then extracted with ethyl acetate three times.
The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by NH silica gel column
chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-70:30) to give 3-(benzyloxy)propanenitrile
as a colorless oil (24.7 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.63 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) 3.69 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H)
4.59 (s, 2 H) 7.27 - 7.41 (m, 5 H).
(2) Synthesis of 1-[2-(benzyloxy)ethyl]cyclopropaneamine
[0281]

To a mixture of the compound (24.7 g) obtained in step (1) above, tetraisopropyl orthotitanate
(49.4 mL) and methoxycyclopentane (306 mL), ethyl magnesium bromide (about 3 mol/L,
solution in diethyl ether, 102 mL) was added at 0°C and thereafter the mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After adding boron trifluoride/diethylether
complex (38.8 mL) at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours.
After adding water at 0°C, pH was adjusted to 12 by adding a solution of 10% sodium
hydroxide in water. The reaction mixture was extracted with chloroform three times.
The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and then passed through
a phase separator and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was
purified by NH silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-5:95)
and further purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethylacetate =
90:10-5:95, then chloroform:methanol = 100:0-90:10) to give 1-[2-(benzyloxy)ethyl]cyclopropaneamine
as a pale yellow oil (12.5 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.40 - 0.45 (m, 2 H) 0.53 - 0.59 (m, 2 H) 1.73
(t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) 3.69 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2 H) 4.52 - 4.55 (m, 2 H) 7.27 - 7.37 (m, 5
H).
(3) Synthesis of tert-butyl {1-[2-(benzyloxy)ethyl]cyclopropyl}carbamate
[0282]

To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (130 mL) of the compound (12.5 g) obtained in step
(2) above, an aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (7.8%, 106 g) and di-tert-butyl
dicarbonate (22.5 mL) were added successively and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 14 hours. After adding saturated brine, the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine and then passed through a phase separator and concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 100:0-50:50) to give tert-butyl {1-[2-(benzyloxy)ethyl]cyclopropyl}carbamate
as a colorless solid (16.3 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.61 - 0.80 (m, 4 H) 1.41 (s, 9 H) 1.84 (t, J=6.3
Hz, 2 H) 3.63 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2 H) 4.51 (s, 2 H) 4.88 (br. s, 1 H) 7.27 - 7.39 (m, 5
H).
(4) Synthesis of tert-butyl [1-(2-hydroxyethyl)cyclopropyl]carbamate
[0283]

[0284] To a solution in ethanol (112 mL) of the compound (16.3 g) obtained in step (3) above,
20% palladium hydroxide/carbon (3.25 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at 60°C
for 23 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. After being cooled to room temperature, the
reaction mixture was filtered through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl [1-(2-hydroxyethyl)cyclopropyl]carbamate
as a colorless solid (11.1 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.71 - 0.78 (m, 2 H) 0.79 - 0.87 (m, 2 H) 1.44
(s, 9 H) 1.60 - 1.66 (m, 2 H) 3.65 - 3.78 (m, 2 H) 4.83 - 4.99 (m, 1 H).
(5) Synthesis of {1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]cyclopropyl}acetic acid
[0285]

[0286] To a solution in acetonitrile (275 mL) of the compound (11.1 g) obtained in step
(4) above and 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-oxyl free radical (602 mg), a sodium
phosphate buffer (0.67 mol/L, pH 6.7, 206 mL) was added. After heating to 35°C, an
aqueous solution of sodium hypochlorite (0.265%, 32.6 mL) and an aqueous solution
of sodium chlorite (14.7%, 110 mL) were added simultaneously over a period of 2 hours
and the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 55 hours. The mixture was cooled
to room temperature and after adding water (400 mL), it was rendered basic with a
solution of 2 mol/L sodium hydroxide in water. The reaction mixture was poured into
an aqueous solution of sodium thiosulfate (5.75%, 291 mL) at 0°C. After washing with
diethyl ether (750 mL), the aqueous layer was added to 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid (140
mL) for pH adjustment to between 2 and 3. The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether
and ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine
and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration
and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was
crystallized with a liquid mixture of n-hexane/ethyl acetate to give {1-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]cyclopropyl}
acetic acid as a colorless solid (9.45 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.73 - 0.83 (m, 2 H) 0.89 - 0.96 (m, 2 H) 1.45
(s, 9 H) 2.41 - 2.82 (m, 2 H) 5.09 - 5.49 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 238[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 214[M-H]
-.
(6) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0287] To ethanol (34.8 mL), thionyl chloride (1.51 mL) was added at 0°C and the mixture
was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes. After adding the compound (1.50 g)
obtained in step (5) above, the mixture was stirred at 75°C for 4 hours. After being
cooled to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to
give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (1.41 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.73 - 0.81 (m, 2 H) 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H) 1.44
- 1.51 (m, 2 H) 2.74 (s, 2 H) 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 144[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 5-1
Ethyl 1-(aminomethyl)cyclopropanecarboxylate
[0288]

(1) Synthesis of ethyl 1-cyanocyclopropanecarboxylate
[0289]

[0290] To a solution of ethyl cyanoacetate (11.8 g) in acetone (83.0 mL), potassium carbonate
(43.1 g) and 1,2-dibromoethane (39.2 g) were added and the mixture was refluxed for
12 hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered
through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure and further dried under reduced pressure with heating to give ethyl 1-cyanocyclopropanecarboxylate
as a red oil (14.2 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.23 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 1.57 - 1.62 (m, 2 H) 1.73 - 1.79 (m, 2 H) 4.19 (q,
J=7.1 Hz, 2 H).
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0291] To a solution in ethanol (127mL) of the compound (14.0 g) obtained in step (1) above,
a Raney nickel catalyst (about 2.8 g) was added. In a hydrogen atmosphere, the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours and further stirred at 40°C for 12 hours.
After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through
Celite (registered trademark) and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration and washed with ethanol. The
filtrate was concentrated to give the titled compound as a red oil (13.4 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 0.82 - 0.88 (m, 2 H) 0.98 - 1.04 (m, 2 H) 1.13 - 1.21 (m, 3 H) 2.63 - 2.72
(m, 2 H) 4.00 - 4.10 (m, 2 H).
[0292] In the following Reference Examples 5-2 to 5-5, 1,2-dibromoethane was replaced by
a commercial grade of the corresponding dihalogenated alkanes or dihalogenated alkyl
ethers, which were treated by the method described in Reference Example 5-1 or modifications
thereof to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds
and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 2-1 below.

Reference Example 6-1
4-Cyclobutylbenzaldehyde
[0293]

[0294] To a mixture of 4-iodobenzaldehyde (500 mg), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II)
dichloride (75.6 mg), copper(I) iodide (24.6 mg) and dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (10.0
mL), cyclobutylzinc bromide (0.5 mol/L, solution in tetrahydrofuran, 6.46 mL) was
added and the mixture was stirred in a sealed tube at 60°C for 14 hours. After cooling
to room temperature, the precipitate was removed by filtration through Celite (registered
trademark). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and thereafter purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 98:2-90:10) to give
the titled compound as a colorless oil (225 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.79 - 2.28 (m, 4 H) 2.29 - 2.48 (m, 2 H) 3.54
- 3.73 (m, 1 H) 7.32 - 7.39 (m, 2 H) 7.74 - 7.87 (m, 2 H) 9.97 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 161[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 6-2
4'-(Trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-carbaldehyde
[0295]

[0296] A mixture of 4-bromobenazotrifluoride (10.0 g), 4-formylphenylboronic acid (7.33
g), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (308 mg), potassium carbonate (30.7 g),
tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) and water (100 mL) was stirred at 85°C for 2 hours. After
cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, water was added to it, which was
then extracted with ethyl acetate twice and the combined organic layers were washed
with saturated brine. After adding anhydrous magnesium sulfate to the organic layers,
the desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was dissolved in n-hexane (60 mL) with heating and
thereafter cooled to 0°C. The resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration to
give the titled compound as a gray solid (12.1 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.71 - 7.80 (m, 6 H) 7.96 - 8.03 (m, 2 H) 10.09
(s, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 250[M]
+.
Reference Example 6-3
4'-Fluorobiphenyl-4-carbaldehyde
[0297]

[0298] A mixture of 4-bromobenzaldehyde (10.0 g), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (11.3 g), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
(3.12 g), sodium carbonate (28.6 g), toluene (150 mL), ethanol (70.0 mL) and water
(70.0 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 12 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to
room temperature, water was added and extraction with toluene was conducted twice.
The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The concentrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 90:10) and after adding n-hexane to the residue, the mixture
was stirred. The precipitate was recovered by filtration and dried under reduced pressure
to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (10.4 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.12 - 7.22 (m, 2 H) 7.56 - 7.66 (m, 2 H) 7.68
- 7.75 (m, 2 H) 7.93 - 7.98 (m, 2 H) 10.06 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 201[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 6-4
4-Cyclopropyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
[0299]

[0300] With 4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde (1.00 g) and cyclopropylboronic acid
(1.24 g) being used as starting materials, the same technique as in Reference Example
6-3 was applied to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (900 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.85 - 0.95 (m, 2 H) 1.13 - 1.25 (m, 2 H) 2.23
- 2.37 (m, 1 H) 7.13 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1 H) 7.94 (dd, J=8.1, 1.5 Hz, 1 H) 8.12 (d, J=1.5
Hz, 1 H) 10.00 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 215[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 213[M-H]
-.
Reference Example 6-5
3,3'-Bipyridine-6-carbaldehyde
[0301]

[0302] A mixture of 5-bromo-3-pyridinecarboxyaldehyde (1.00 g), 3-pyridylboronic acid (991
mg), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride dichloromethane
adduct (220 mg), 2 mol/L sodium carbonate solution in water (5 mL), and N,N-dimethylformamide
(20 mL) was stirred at 120°C for 30 minutes under irradiation with microwaves.
[0303] After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, water was added to it and
two extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were
washed with saturated brine and thereafter passed through a phase separator for concentrating
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(chloroform:methanol = 100:0-95:5) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow solid
(944 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.44 - 7.54 (m, 1 H) 7.93 - 8.00 (m, 1 H) 8.09
(d, J=1.6 Hz, 2 H) 8.68 - 8.79 (m, 1 H) 8.90 - 8.97 (m, 1 H) 9.03 (t, J=1.6 Hz, 1
H) 10.08 - 10.19 (m, 1 H).
Reference Example 6-6
4-(6-Cyclopropyl-3-pyridinyl) benzaldehyde
[0304]

[0305] A mixture of 3-bromo-6-(cyclopropyl)pyridine (2.00 g), 4-formylphenylboronic acid
(1.82 g), palladium(II) acetate (113 mg), tripotassium phosphate (4.50 g) and ethylene
glycol (16.8 mL) was stirred at 80°C for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture
to room temperature, water was added to it and two extractions were conducted with
ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and thereafter
the crude product was adsorbed on diatomaceous earth, with the solvent being distilled
off under reduced pressure. The crude product adsorbed on the diatomaceous earth was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 98:2-50:50) to
give the titled compound as a colorless solid (1.81 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.00 - 1.17 (m, 4 H) 2.03 - 2.16 (m, 1 H) 7.21
- 7.30 (m, 1 H) 7.66 - 7.83 (m, 3 H) 7.93 - 8.01 (m, 2 H) 8.68 - 8.76 (m, 1 H) 10.06
(s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 224[M+H]
+.
[0306] In the following Reference Examples 6-7 and 6-11, a commercial grade of the corresponding
halogenated pyridines was used as the starting material and treated by the method
described in Reference Example 6-6 or modifications thereof to synthesize the intended
compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are
shown in Table 3-1 below.

Reference Example 7-1
4-Phenylcyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0307]

(1) Synthesis of [4-(methoxymethylidene)cyclohexyl]benzene
[0308]

[0309] To a mixture of (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (6.14 g) with tert-butyl
methyl ether (30.0 mL), potassium tert-butoxide (2.32 g) was added, with the temperature
in the system being held at -10°C. The mixture was stirred at -10°C for 10 minutes
and thereafter stirred at room temperature for an hour. A solution of 4-phenylcyclohexanone
(2.4 0 g) in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) was added, with the temperature in the system
being held at -10°C. The mixture was stirred at -10°C for 10 minutes and thereafter
stirred at room temperature for two hours. After adding water, the mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were passed through a phase separator
and thereafter concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-60:40) to give
[4-(methoxymethylidene)cyclohexyl]benzene as a colorless oil (3.59 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.36 - 1.53 (m, 2 H) 1.69 - 2.23 (m, 5 H) 2.56
- 2.70 (m, 1 H) 2.85 - 2.96 (m, 1 H) 3.57 (s, 3 H) 5.80 - 5.83 (m, 1 H) 7.12 - 7.34
(m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 203[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0310] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL) of the compound (3.59 g) obtained in step
(1) above, 3 mol/L hydrochloric acid was added and the mixture was refluxed for 4
hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, water was added to
it and three extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers
were washed with water and then concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (2.75 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.13 - 1.62 (m, 4 H) 1.63 - 2.19 (m, 4 H) 2.23
- 2.40 (m, 1 H) 2.42 - 2.60 (m, 1 H) 7.10 - 7.39 (m, 5 H) 9.65 - 9.82 (m, 1 H). MS
EI posi: 188[M]
+.
Reference Example 8-1
4-(Cyclopropylmethoxy)bebzaldehyde
[0311]

To a mixture of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (2.00 g), potassium carbonate (4.53 g) and acetone
(50.0 mL), (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (3.32 g) was added and the mixture was refluxed
for 9 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, the resulting
precipitate was removed by filtration through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure and, thereafter, the resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 90:10-50:50)
to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (2.63 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.34 - 0.42 (m, 2 H) 0.62 - 0.73 (m, 2 H) 1.21
- 1.37 (m, 1 H) 3.89 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2 H) 6.96 - 7.04 (m, 2 H) 7.80 - 7.86 (m, 2 H)
9.88 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 177[M+H]
+, 199[M+Na]
+.
[0312] In the following Reference Examples 8-2 to 8-5, a commercial grade each of the corresponding
phenols and halogenated alkanes was used and treated by the method described in Reference
Example 8-1 or modifications thereof to give the intended compounds. The structures
of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 4-1.

Reference 9-1
4-(Cyclobutylmethoxy)benzaldehyde
[0313]

To a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.328 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide
(15.0 mL), a solution of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1.00 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5.00
mL) was added at 0°C and thereafter the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
30 minutes. After adding (bromomethyl)cyclobutane (1.22 g), the mixture was stirred
at 70°C for 24 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 0.5
mol/L hydrochloric acid was added under cooling with ice and three extractions were
conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were passed through a phase
separator and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 95:5-40:60)
to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (1.19 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.79 - 2.04 (m, 4 H) 2.08 - 2.26 (m, 2 H) 2.72
- 2.91 (m, 1 H) 4.01 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H) 6.88 - 7.07 (m, 2 H) 7.77 - 7.87 (m, 2 H)
9.88 (s, 1 H).
[0314] In the following Reference Examples 9-2 and 9-3, (bromomethyl)cyclobutane was replaced
by a commercial grade of the corresponding halogenated alkane or halogenated cycloalkane
and the method described in Reference Example 9-1 or a modification thereof was applied
to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds
and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 5-1 below.

Reference Example 10-1
4-(Cyclopropoxy)benzaldehyde
[0315]

[0316] To a mixture of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1.20 g), potassium carbonate (2.04 g), potassium
iodide (49.0 mg) and N,N-dimethylformamide (9.80 mL), bromocyclopropane (1.02 mL)
was added and the mixture was stirred at 200°C for 3 hours under irradiation with
microwaves. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured
into water and extracted with diethyl ether three times. The combined organic layers
were washed with saturated brine and thereafter passed through a phase separator to
be concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-50:50) to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (510 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.76 - 0.91 (m, 4 H) 3.77 - 3.88 (m, 1 H) 7.12
- 7.19 (m, 2 H) 7.80 - 7.87 (m, 2 H) 9.90 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 163[M+H]
+, 185[M+Na]
+.
[0317] In the following Reference Examples 10-2 to 10-5, bromo cyclopropane was replaced
by a commercial grade of the corresponding halogenated alkanes and the method described
in Reference Example 10-1 or a modification thereof was applied to synthesize the
intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and
MS data are shown in Table 6-1 below.

Reference Example 11-1
4-(2-Cyclopropylethoxy)benzaldehyde
[0318]

[0319] To a mixture of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (2.84 g), 2-cyclopropylethanol (2.00 g), triphenylphosphine
(6.09 g) and tetrahydrofuran (100 mL), diethyl azodicarboxylate (2.2 mol/L, solution
in toluene, 10.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
4 days. After concentrating the reaction mixture under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate
(7.50 mL) and n-hexane (143 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 15 minutes. The precipitate was removed by filtration through Celite (registered
trademark). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and, thereafter,
the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 95:5-50:50) to give the titled compound as a yellow oil (3.34 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.10 - 0.18 (m, 2 H) 0.46 - 0.55 (m, 2 H) 0.78
- 0.95 (m, 1 H) 1.67 - 1.76 (m, 2 H) 4.12 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H) 6.97 - 7.05 (m, 2 H)
7.80-7.87 (m, 2 H) 9.88 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 191[M+H]
+.
[0320] In the following Reference Examples 11-2 to 11-11, a commercial grade of the corresponding
hydroxybenzaldehydes and a commercial grade of the corresponding alcohols were used
and treated by the method described in Reference Example 11-1 or modifications thereof
to give the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their
NMR and MS data are shown in Tables 7-1 and 7-2.

Reference Example 12-1
3-Fluoro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)benzaldehyde
[0321]

[0322] To a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 0.844 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide
(30.0 mL), 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (2.11 g) was added at 0°C and thereafter the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. To the reaction mixture, a solution
of 3,4-difluorobenzaldehyde (2.00 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10.0 mL) was added
and thereafter the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After adding
1 mol/L hydrochloric acid at 0°C, three extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic layers were passed through a phase separator and thereafter concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 80:20-30:70) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (2.50 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 4.52 (q, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H) 7.11 - 7.19 (m, 1 H) 7.63
- 7.71 (m, 2 H) 9.89 - 9.91 (m, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 222[M]
+.
[0323] In the following Reference Examples 12-2 to 12-9, a commercial grade of the corresponding
fluorobenzaldehydes and a commercial grade of the corresponding alcohols were used
and treated by the method described in Reference Example 12-1 or modifications thereof
to give the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their
NMR and MS data are shown in Tables 8-1 and 8-2.

Reference Example 13-1
6-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]pyridin-3-carbaldehyde
[0324]

[0325] To a solution of 4-hydroxybenzotrifluoride (505 mg) in N,N-dimethylforamide (5.00
L), potassium carbonate (474 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 10 minutes.
[0326] Subsequently, 6-bromo-3-pyridinecarboxyaldehyde (580 mg) was added and the mixture
was stirred at 130°C for 2 hours. After cooling the mixture to room temperature, water
was added to the mixture, which was then extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were washed with water and saturated brine successively and after passage
through a phase separator, they were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
95:5-70:30) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (605 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.09 - 7.15 (m, 1 H) 7.27 - 7.33 (m, 2 H) 7.66
- 7.75 (m, 2 H) 8.24 (dd, J=8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.62 (dd, J=2.3, 0.6 Hz, 1 H) 9.99 -
10.02 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 268[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 13-37
6-(4-Cyclopropylphenoxy)pyridine-3-carbaldehyde
[0328]

(1) Synthesis of 6-(4-bromophenoxy)pyridine-3-carbaldehyde
[0329]

To a solution of 4-bromophenol (2.79 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (25.0 mL), potassium
carbonate (2.45 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10
minutes. Subsequently, 6-bromo-3-pyridinecarboxyaldehyde (3.00 g) was added and the
mixture was stirred at 130°C for 2.5 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to
room temperature, water was added to it and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic layers were washed with water and saturated brine successively
and after passage through a phase separator, they were concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 100:0-50:50) to give 6-(4-bromophenoxy)pyridine-3-carbaldehyde as a pale
yellow solid (3.23 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.01 - 7.13 (m, 3 H) 7.51 - 7.61 (m, 2 H) 8.21
(dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1 H) 8.61 (dd, J=2.4, 0.7 Hz, 1 H) 9.99 (d, J=0.7 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 278[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0330] A mixture of the compound (3.22 g) obtained in step (1) above, 2-cyclopropyl-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane
(3.89 g), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (669 mg), cesium carbonate (11.3
g), toluene (20.0 mL) and water (10.0 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 6 hours. After
cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, the precipitate was removed by filtration
through Celite (registered trademark). To the filtrate, water and ethyl acetate were
added and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers
were washed with water and saturated brine successively and after passage through
a phase separator, they were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-50:50)
and further purified by preparative HPLC. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate
was then added and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic
layers were passed through a phase separator and thereafter concentrated under reduced
pressure to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (614 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.65 - 0.76 (m, 2 H) 0.92 - 1.04 (m, 2 H) 1.84
- 1.98 (m, 1 H) 6.94 - 7.10 (m, 3 H) 7.11 - 7.20 (m, 2 H) 8.17 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz,
1 H) 8.60 - 8.67 (m, 1 H) 9.97 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 240[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 238[M-H]
-.
Reference Example 14-1
4-[(5-Fuoropyridin-2-yl)oxy]benzaldehyde
[0331]

[0332] To a solution of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (5.00 g) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (60.0 L),
potassium carbonate (6.23 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 10 minutes. Subsequently, 2,5-difluoropyridine (4.71 g) was added and the mixture
was stirred at 150°C for 64 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature,
water was added to it and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were washed with water and saturated brine successively and after passage
through a phase separator, they were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
100:0-70:30) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (3.24 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 6.98 - 7.05 (m, 1 H) 7.21 - 7.29 (m, 2 H) 7.46
- 7.57 (m, 1 H) 7.89 - 7.96 (m, 2 H) 8.05 - 8.09 (m, 1 H) 9.98 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 218[M+H]
+.
[0333] In the following Reference Examples 14-2 to 14-4, a commercial grade of the corresponding
halogenated pyridines was used and treated by the method described in Reference Example
14-1 or modifications thereof to give the intended compounds. The structures of the
synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 10-1.

Reference 14-5
4-[(5-cyclopropylpyridin-2-yl)oxy]benzaldehyde
[0334]

(1) Synthesis of 4-[(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)oxy]benzaldehyde
[0335]

[0336] Instead of 2,5-difluoropyridine, 2,5-dibromopyridine (13.5 g) was used and treated
by the same technique as in Reference 14-1 to give the titled compound as a pale yellow
oil (12.4 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 6.91 - 6.97 (m, 1 H) 7.24 - 7.32 (m, 2 H) 7.81
- 7.88 (m, 1 H) 7.90 - 7.98 (m, 2 H) 8.23 - 8.27 (m, 1 H) 9.99 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 277[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0337] A mixture of the compound (5.00 g) obtained in step (1) above, cyclopropylboronic
acid (2.01 g), palladium(II) acetate (201 mg), tripotassium phosphate (13.4 g), tricyclohexylphosphine
(0.6 mol/L, solution in toluene, 30.0 mL), toluene (95.0 mL) and water (5.0 mL) was
stirred at 100°C for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature,
water was added to it and two extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were washed with saturated brine and thereafter the crude product was
adsorbed on diatomaceous earth, with the solvents being distilled off under reduced
pressure. The crude product adsorbed on the diatomaceous earth was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 95:5-63:37) to give the titled compound
as a yellow oil (3.89 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.64 - 0.74 (m, 2 H) 0.95 - 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.82
- 1.97 (m, 1 H) 6.88 - 6.95 (m, 1 H) 7.19 - 7.26 (m, 2 H) 7.37 - 7.45 (m, 1 H) 7.86
- 7.94 (m, 2 H) 8.02 - 8.09 (m, 1 H) 9.96 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 240[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 15-1
4-(2-Cyclopropylethyl)benzaldehyde
[0338]

(1) Synthesis of 4-(cyclopropylethynyl)benzaldehyde
[0339]

[0340] To a mixture of 4-bromobenzaldehyde (2.00 g), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II)
dichloride (228 mg), copper(I) iodide (20.6 mg), N,N-dimethylformamide (2.00 mL) and
triethylamine (15.1 mL), cyclopropylacetylene was added and thereafter the mixture
was stirred in a sealed tube at 110°C for one minute under irradiation with microwaves.
After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into a saturated
aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and extracted with a liquid mixture of n-hexane/ethyl
acetate (1:1) three times. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine and dried over added anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed
by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
100:0-60:40) to give 4-(cyclopropylethynyl)benzaldehyde as a brown oil (1.79 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.80 - 0.99 (m, 4 H) 1.42 - 1.54 (m, 1 H) 7.46
- 7.54 (m, 2 H) 7.75 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 9.98 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 171 [M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0341] To a solution in ethyl acetate (22.0 mL) of the compound (1.79 g) obtained in step
(1) above, 10% palladium/carbon (179 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 22 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. More of 10% palladium/carbon (179
mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours in a hydrogen
atmosphere. The insoluble matter was removed by filtration through Celite (registered
trademark). After concentrating the filtrate under reduced pressure, the residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-70:30)
to give the titled compound as a crude product (1.23 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.01 - 0.08 (m, 2 H) 0.39 - 0.48 (m, 2 H) 0.60
- 0.77 (m, 1 H) 1.50 - 1.59 (m, 2 H) 2.75 - 2.84 (m, 2 H) 7.30 - 7.39 (m, 2 H) 7.74
- 7.83 (m, 2 H) 9.97 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 175[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 173[M-H]
-.
Reference Example 16-1
4-[(2,2-Dimethylpropoxy)methyl]benzaldehyde
[0342]

(1) Synthesis of 4-(chloromethyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide
[0343]

To a solution of 4-(bromomethyl)benzoic acid (10.7 g) in chloroform (200 mL), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide
hydrochloride (10.5 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (8.38 g), N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine
hydrochloride (4.85 g), and triethylamine (6.94 mL) were added. After stirring the
mixture at room temperature for 53 hours, chloroform (200 mL) was added. The mixture
was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate, a saturated
aqueous solution of ammonium chloride, and saturated brine successively. After passage
through a phase separator, the washed mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 95:5-40:60) to give 4-(chloromethyl)-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide as a colorless
oil (3.23 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.37 (s, 3 H) 3.55 (s, 3 H) 4.61 (s, 2 H) 7.39
- 7.46 (m, 2 H) 7.65 - 7.72 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 214[M+H]
+, 236[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of 4-[(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)methyl]-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide
[0344]

[0345] To a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 286 mg) in N,N-dimethylformamide
(23.4 mL), a solution of potassium iodide (70.2 mg) and 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol (618
mg) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5.00 mL) were added. After stirring the mixture at room
temperature for an hour, a solution in tetrahydrofuran (5.00 mL) of the compound (1.00
g) obtained in step (1) above was added. After stirring the mixture at room temperature
for 3 hours, a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added. Two extractions
were conducted with a liquid mixture of n-hexane/ethyl acetate (1:1) and the combined
organic layers were washed with saturated brine. After drying over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate, the desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-65:35) to give 4-[(2,2-dimethylpropoxy)methyl]-N-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide
as a colorless oil (304 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.93 - 0.97 (m, 9 H) 3.11 - 3.16 (m, 2 H) 3.36
(d, J=0.3 Hz, 3 H) 3.57 (s, 3 H) 4.56 (s, 2 H) 7.34 - 7.40 (m, 2 H) 7.63 - 7.69 (m,
2 H). (3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0346] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (5.93 mL) of the compound (472 mg) obtained in step
(2) above, diisobutylaluminum hydride (about 1.0 mol/L, solution in n-hexane, 2.64
mL) was added at -78°C. After stirring the mixture at -78°C for 30 minutes, 1 mol/L
hydrochloric acid (5.00 mL) was added at that temperature. After being stirred at
room temperature for an hour, the reaction mixture was poured into 1 mol/L hydrochloric
acid (20.0 mL). After three extractions with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers
were washed with saturated brine. The washed organic layers were passed through a
phase separator and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-90:10)
to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (302 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δppm 0.93 - 0.99 (m, 9 H) 3.16 (s, 2 H) 4.60 (s, 2 H)
7.48 - 7.53 (m, 2 H) 7.82 - 7.90 (m, 2 H) 10.01 (s, 1 H).
Reference Example 16-2
4-{[(1-Methylcyclopropyl)methoxy]methyl}benzaldehyde
[0347]

[0348] Instead of 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 1-methylcyclopropanemethanol was used and treated
by the same technique as in Reference Examples 16-1(2) and 16-1(3) to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.32 - 0.45 (m, 4 H) 1.18 (s, 3 H) 3.30 (s, 2
H) 4.61 (s, 2 H) 7.48 - 7.54 (m, 2 H) 7.83 - 7.90 (m, 2 H) 10.01 (s, 1 H).
Reference Example 17-1
4-(1,1-Difluoroethyl)benzaldehyde
[0349]

[0350] To a solution of 1-bromo-4-(1,1-difluoroethyl)benzene (1.00 g) in tetrahydrofuran
(10.0 mL), n-butyl lithium (2.69 mol/L, solution in n-hexane, 1.68 mL) was added at
-80°C and the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 5 minutes. Subsequently,
N,N-dimethylformamide (0.522 mL) was added at -80°C and after stirring the mixture
at that temperature for 20 minutes, 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid (2.50 mL) was added.
After bringing the reaction mixture to room temperature, two extractions were conducted
with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with water. After drying
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and the desiccant was removed by filtration; the
filtrate was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-90:10) to give
the titled compound as a colorless oil (510 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.95 (t, J=18.2 Hz, 3 H) 7.64 - 7.73 (m, 2 H)
7.92 - 7.98 (m, 2 H) 10.07 (s, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 170[M]
+.
Reference Example 18-1
4-(Difluoromethoxy)-3,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde
[0351]

[0352] To a mixture of 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzaldehyde (2.00 g), N,N-dimethylformamide
(54.0 mL) and water (6.00 mL), sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (6.09 g) and potassium
carbonate (3.68 g) were added and the mixture was stirred at 120°C for 4.5 hours.
After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, water was added to it and
two extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were
washed with water four times and thereafter washed with saturated brine. After drying
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, the desiccant was removed by filtration and the
filtrate was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 97:3-88:12) to give
the titled compound as a colorless solid (2.53 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.35 - 2.41 (m, 6 H) 6.10 - 6.69 (m, 1 H) 7.59
- 7.64 (m, 2 H) 9.93 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 201[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 19-1
[3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acetaldehyde
[0353]

[0354] To a solution of 3-(trifluoromethyl)phenethyl alcohol (2.00 g) in chloroform (50.0
mL), Dess-Martin periodinane (4.70 g) was added under cooling with ice. After being
brought to room temperature, the reaction mixture was stirred for an hour. Subsequently,
a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (25.0 mL) and a saturated
aqueous solution of sodium thiosulfate (25.0 mL) were added and the mixture was vigorously
stirred for an hour. After phase separation, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate, the desiccant was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 98:2-85:15) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow
oil (1.19 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.79 (s, 2 H) 7.36 - 7.62 (m, 4 H) 9.77 - 9.81
(m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 187[M-H]
-.
Reference Example 19-2
[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]acetaldehyde
[0355]

[0356] Instead of 3-(trifluoromethyl)phenethyl alcohol, 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenethyl alcohol
was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the
titled compound as a yellow oil.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.79 (s, 2 H) 7.06 - 7.75 (m, 4 H) 9.77 - 9.80
(m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 187[M-H]
-.
Reference Example 20-1
3-Cyclopropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
[0357]

(1) Synthesis of methyl -3-cyclopropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate
[0358]

[0359] Instead of 6-(4-bromophenoxy)pyridine-3-carbaldehyde, methyl 4-(trifluoromethyl)-3-{[(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl]oxy}benzoate
(see
WO 2007/129745) (2.21 g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 13-37(2)
to give methyl 3-cyclopropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate as a colorless oil (1.42
g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.81 - 0.90 (m, 2 H) 1.04 - 1.14 (m, 2 H) 2.16
- 2.30 (m, 1 H) 3.93 (s, 3 H) 7.65 - 7.72 (m, 2 H) 7.83 - 7.93 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 245[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of [3-cyclopropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol
[0360]

To a solution in dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (50.0 mL) of the compound (1.42 g) obtained
in step (1) above, lithium borohydride (380 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred
at 60°C for 4 hours. Subsequently, 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid was added under cooling
with ice. Following extraction with ethyl acetate, the organic layer was washed with
saturated brine. After drying over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and removing the desiccant
by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
98:2-75:25) to give [3-cyclopropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanol as a colorless
oil (1.18 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.72 - 0.83 (m, 2 H) 0.97 - 1.10 (m, 2 H) 1.70
(t, J=5.9 Hz, 1 H) 2.14 - 2.28 (m, 1 H) 4.71 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2 H) 7.04 (s, 1 H) 7.23
(d, J=8.1 Hz, 1 H) 7.60 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 215[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0361] The compound (1.18 g) obtained in step (2) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (760 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.84 - 0.90 (m, 2 H) 1.08 - 1.15 (m, 2 H) 2.22
- 2.30 (m, 1 H) 7.54 (s, 1 H) 7.71 - 7.76 (m, 1 H) 7.77 - 7.82 (m, 1 H) 10.04 (s,
1 H). MS EI posi: 214[M]
+.
Reference Example 20-2
3-Methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
[0362]

(1) Synthesis of methyl 3-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate
[0363]

[0364] To a solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate (see
WO 2007/129745) (2.00 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (9.00 mL), sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral
oil, 545 mg) was added in small portions under cooling with ice. After stirring the
mixture at room temperature for 30 minutes, methyl iodide (0.849 mL) was added. After
stirring the reaction mixture at room temperature for 2.5 hours, iced water was added
and two extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers
were washed with water three times and thereafter dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 95:5-85:15) to give methyl 3-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate as a colorless
solid (2.11 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.96 (s, 3 H) 3.97 (s, 3 H) 7.60 - 7.72 (m, 3
H).
MS EI posi: 234[M]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0365] The compound (2.11 g) obtained in step (1) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same techniques as in Reference Example 20-1(2) and Reference Example
19-1 to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (1.26 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.97 - 4.01 (m, 3 H) 7.49 - 7.53 (m, 2 H) 7.74
- 7.79 (m, 1 H) 10.05 (s, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 204[M]
+.
Reference Example 20-3
3-(Difluoromethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
[0366]

(1) Synthesis of methyl 3-(difluoromethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate
[0367]

[0368] A suspension of methyl 3-hydroxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate (see
WO 2007/129745) (2.00g), sodium chlorodifluoroacetate (2.08 g) and potassium carbonate (2.51 g)
in N,N-dimethylformamide (30.0 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 6 hours. After cooling
the reaction mixture to room temperature, water was added to it and two extractions
were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water
three times and thereafter dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing
the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 98:2-85:15) to give methyl 3-(difluoromethoxy)-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzoate
as a colorless oil (1.96 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.93 - 4.01 (m, 3 H) 6.28 - 6.87 (m, 1 H) 7.72
- 7.80 (m, 1 H) 7.92 - 8.02 (m, 2 H).
MS EI posi: 270[M]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0369] The compound (1.96 g) obtained in step (1) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same techniques as in Reference Example 20-1(2) and Reference Example
19-1 to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (1.35 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 6.50 - 6.79 (m, 1 H) 7.79 - 7.86 (m, 2 H) 7.88
- 7.91 (m, 1 H) 10.07 (s, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 240[M]
+.
Reference Example 21-1
4-Cyclobutyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
[0370]

(1) Synthesis of 1-[4-bromo-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclobutanol
[0371]

[0372] To a solution of 5-bromo-2-iodobenzotrifluoride (5.00 g) in dehydrated tetrahydrofuran
(140 mL), n-butyl lithium (2.69 mol/L, solution in n-hexane, 5.30 mL) was added at
-78°C and the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 25 minutes. After adding
a solution of cyclobutanone (999 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (5.00 mL), the mixture was
brought to room temperature and stirred for 3 days. After adding a saturated aqueous
solution of ammonium chloride under cooling with ice, two extractions were conducted
with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water and thereafter
dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration,
the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 98:2-80:20) to give
1-[4-bromo-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclobutanol as a pale yellow oil (3.00 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.71 - 1.88 (m, 1 H) 2.20 - 2.49 (m, 3 H) 2.52
- 2.70 (m, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.35 (m, 1 H) 7.62 - 7.69 (m, 1 H) 7.78 - 7.84 (m, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 294[M]
+.
(2) Synthesis of 4-bromo-1-cyclobutyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene
[0373]

[0374] To a solution in chloroform (10.0 mL) of the compound (1.00 g) obtained in step (1)
above and triethylsilane (406 mg), a solution of boron trifluoride/diethyl ether complex
(601 mg) in chloroform (4.00 mL) was added at -65°C. After being brought to 0°C, the
mixture was stirred at that temperature for 30 minutes. Subsequently, potassium carbonate
(1.08 g) and water (10.0 mL) were added and the mixture was brought to room temperature.
After phase separation, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 99:1-90:10) and further purified by NH silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane) to give 4-bromo-1-cyclobutyl-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene as a colorless
oil (490 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.78 - 1.91 (m, 1 H) 1.92 - 2.25 (m, 3 H) 2.27
- 2.42 (m, 2 H) 3.83 (quin, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H) 7.41 - 7.47 (m, 1 H) 7.59 - 7.67 (m, 1
H) 7.69 - 7.73 (m, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 278[M]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0375] The compound (480 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 17-1 to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (300 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.82 - 1.97 (m, 1 H) 1.99 - 2.16 (m, 1 H) 2.16
- 2.33 (m, 2 H) 2.33 - 2.49 (m, 2 H) 3.96 (quin, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 - 7.81 (m, 1
H) 8.00 - 8.08 (m, 1 H) 8.09 - 8.13 (m, 1 H) 10.03 (s, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 228[M]
+.
Reference Example 22-1
3-Cyclobutyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzaldehyde
[0376]

(1) Synthesis of 1-cyclobutyl-4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene
[0377]

[0378] A mixture of 2-iodo-5-nitrobenzotrifluoride (4.62 g), cyclobutylboronic acid (4.15
g), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride (4.15 g), cesium
carbonate (22.6 g), toluene (67.0 mL) and water (33.0 mL) was stirred in a sealed
tube at 80°C for 6 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature,
extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and after removing the desiccant by filtration, the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-94:6) to give
1-cyclobutyl-4-nitro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzene as a pale yellow oil (1.69 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.84 - 1.99 (m, 1 H) 2.00 - 2.33 (m, 3 H) 2.35
- 2.52 (m, 2 H) 3.89 - 4.05 (m, 1 H) 7.74 - 7.81 (m, 1 H) 8.34 - 8.43 (m, 1 H) 8.45
- 8.50 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 244[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of 4-cyclobutyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline
[0379]

[0380] A mixture of the compound (1.69 g) obtained in step (1) above, an iron powder (2.14
g), ammonium chloride (442 mg), ethanol (26.0 mL) and water (13.0 mL) was stirred
at 85°C for an hour. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture
was filtered through Celite (registered trademark). To the filtrate, a saturated aqueous
solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added and three extractions were conducted
with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate and after removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-75:25) to give 4-cyclobutyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline
as a pale yellow oil (1.34 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.72 - 1.87 (m, 1 H) 1.87 - 2.21 (m, 3 H) 2.21
- 2.36 (m, 2 H) 3.66 - 3.85 (m, 3 H) 6.78 - 6.86 (m, 1 H) 6.88 - 6.93 (m, 1 H) 7.31
- 7.37 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 216[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of 4-cyclobutyl-2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline
[0381]

[0382] To a mixture of the compound (1.34 g) obtained in step (2) above, sodium hydrogencarbonate
(628 mg), chloroform (32.0 mL) and methanol (8.00 mL), a solution of iodine monochloride
(1.21 g) in chloroform (8.00 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature over a period
of 30 minutes. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours.
After adding a solution of 25% sodium metabisulfite in water (20.0 g) under cooling
with ice, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction
mixture was extracted with chloroform and the combined organic layers were dried over
anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 4-cyclobutyl-2-iodo-5-(trifluoromethyl)aniline
as a brown oil (2.08 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.71 - 1.89 (m, 1 H) 1.90 - 2.20 (m, 3 H) 2.20
- 2.37 (m, 2 H) 3.60 - 3.78 (m, 1 H) 4.12 (br. s, 2 H) 6.92 (s, 1 H) 7.76 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 342[M+H]
+.
(4) Synthesis of 2-cyclobutyl-4-iodo-1-(trifluoromethyl)benzene
[0383]

[0384] To a suspension in acetonitrile (60.0 mL) of the compound (2.08 g) obtained in step
(3) above and sodium nitrite (2.10 g), conc. sulfuric acid (6.00 mL) was added at
0°C over a period of 15 minutes. After stirring the mixture at that temperature for
an hour, ethanol (24.0 mL) was added. After being stirred at 100°C for two hours,
the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture
was poured into iced water and two extractions were conducted with chloroform. The
combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate
and thereafter dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant
by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue
was purified twice by NH silica gel column chromatography (with n-hexane only) to
give 2-cyclobutyl-4-iodo-1-(trifluoromethyl)benzene as a colorless oil (1.25 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.77 - 1.93 (m, 1 H) 1.95 - 2.26 (m, 3 H) 2.27
- 2.40 (m, 2 H) 3.81 (quin, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H) 7.26 - 7.31 (m, 1 H) 7.60 - 7.67 (m, 1
H) 7.88 (s, 1 H).
(5) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0385] The compound (1.25 g) obtained in step (4) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 17-1 to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (660 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.82 - 2.17 (m, 2 H) 2.17 - 2.49 (m, 4 H) 3.86
- 4.02 (m, 1 H) 7.73 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 8.09 (s, 1 H) 10.11 (s, 1 H).
MS EI posi: 228[M]
+.
Reference Example 23-1
cis-2-Phenylcyclopropanecarbaldehyde
[0386]

(1) Synthesis of ethyl trans-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate and ethyl cis-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate
[0387]

[0388] To a suspension of styrene (3.00 g) and rhodium(II) acetate dimer (40.0 mg) in 1,2-dichloroethane
(29.0 mL), a solution of ethyl diazoacetate (3.03 mL) in 1,2-dichloroethane (29.0
mL) was added over a period of 4 hours and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 19 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:diethyl ether = 20:1) to give ethyl
trans-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate as a colorless oil (2.42 g) and ethyl cis-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate
as a colorless oil (1.51 g).
Ethyl trans-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.24 - 1.36 (m, 4 H) 1.54 - 1.64 (m, 1 H) 1.86
- 1.95 (m, 1 H) 2.47 - 2.58 (m, 1 H) 4.17 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 7.06 - 7.13 (m, 2 H)
7.16-7.32 (m, 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 191[M+H]
+, 213[M+Na]
+.
Ethyl cis-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.97 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 1.28 - 1.37 (m, 1 H) 1.66
- 1.76 (m, 1 H) 2.02 - 2.14 (m, 1 H) 2.51 - 2.66 (m, 1 H) 3.87 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H)
7.14-7.31 (m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 191[M+H]
+, 213[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of (cis-2-phenylcyclopropyl)methanol
[0389]

[0390] To a solution in diethyl ether (12.0 mL) of the ethyl cis-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate
(1.51 g) obtained in step (1) above, a suspension of aluminum lithium hydride (393
mg) in diethyl ether (12.0 mL) was added at 0°C. After being brought to room temperature,
the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. After adding sodium sulfate decahydrate at 0°C,
the reaction mixture was brought to room temperature and stirred for an hour. After
removing the insoluble matter by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure to give (cis-2-phenylcyclopropyl)methanol as a colorless oil (1.21 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.84 - 0.94 (m, 1 H) 0.99 - 1.11 (m, 1 H) 1.42
- 1.58 (m, 1 H) 2.20 - 2.38 (m, 1 H) 3.18 - 3.34 (m, 1 H) 3.41 - 3.55 (m, 1 H) 7.11
- 7.35 (m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 171[M+Na]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0391] The compound (1.21 g) obtained in step (2) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the titled
compound as a pale yellow oil (1.08 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.53 - 1.65 (m, 1 H) 1.84 - 1.94 (m, 1 H) 2.08
- 2.20 (m, 1 H) 2.78 - 2.89 (m, 1 H) 7.19 - 7.37 (m, 5 H) 8.63 - 8.71 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 147[M+H]
+, 169[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 23-2
trans-2-Phenylcyclopropanecarbaldehyde
[0392]

[0393] The ethyl trans-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate (1.00 g) obtained in Reference Example
23-1(1) was used as the starting material and treated by the same techniques as in
Reference Example 23-1(2) and Reference Example 19-1 to give a roughly purified product
(620 mg) containing the titled compound.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 - 1.59 (m, 1 H) 1.70 - 1.78 (m, 1 H) 2.13
- 2.23 (m, 1 H) 2.59 - 2.68 (m, 1 H) 7.08 - 7.16 (m, 2 H) 7.18 - 7.34 (m, 3 H) 9.30
- 9.35 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 147[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 23-3
2-(4-Fluorophenyl)cyclopropanecarbaldehyde
[0394]

[0395] Instead of styrene, 4-fluorostyrene (10.0 g) was used and treated by the same techniques
as in Reference Example 23-1(1) and (2) as well as Reference Example 19-1 to give
the titled compound as a colorless oil (4.48 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.31 - 1.55 (m, 1 H) 1.59 - 1.78 (m, 1 H) 1.80
- 2.19 (m, 1 H) 2.53 - 2.68 (m, 1 H) 6.91 - 7.16 (m, 4 H) 9.34 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 165[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 24-1 and Reference Example 24-2
trans-3-Phenylcyclobutanecarbaldehyde (Reference Example 24-1) and cis-3-Phenylcyclobutanecarbaldehyde
(Reference Example 24-2)
[0396]

[0397] To a solution of diethyl isocyanomethylphosphonate (1.47 g) in tetrahydrofuran (45.0
mL), n-butyl lithium (2.69 mol/L, solution in n-hexane, 2.99 mL) was added at -78°C
and thereafter the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 80 minutes. After adding
a solution of 3-phenylcyclobutanone (1.03 g) in tetrahydrofuran (15.0 mL) at -78°C
over a period of 30 minutes, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours.
After adding conc. hydrochloric acid (12.0 mL) at room temperature, the mixture was
stirred at that temperature for 18 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture
which was then extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were
washed with saturated brine and thereafter dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
The insoluble matter was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 99:1-96:4) to give the titled compound of Reference Example
24-1 as a colorless oil (160 mg) and the titled compound of Reference Example 24-2
as a colorless oil (390 mg). trans-3-Phenylcyclobutanecarbaldehyde (Reference Example
24-1)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.30 - 2.58 (m, 2 H) 2.65 - 2.83 (m, 2 H) 3.08
- 3.28 (m, 1 H) 3.47 - 3.68 (m, 1 H) 7.17 - 7.38 (m, 5 H) 9.94 - 9.97 (m, 1 H). cis-3-Phenylcyclobutanecarbaldehyde
(Reference Example 24-2)
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.30 - 2.49 (m, 2 H) 2.51 - 2.65 (m, 2 H) 3.13
- 3.29 (m, 1 H) 3.53 - 3.68 (m, 1 H) 7.17 - 7.37 (m, 5 H) 9.71 - 9.75 (m, 1 H).
Reference Example 24-3
trans-3-(4-Fluorophenyl)cyclobutanecarbaldehyde
[0398]

[0399] Instead of 3-phenylcyclobutanone, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclobutanone (4.63 g) was used
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 24-1 to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (720 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.26 - 2.45 (m, 2 H) 2.63 - 2.81 (m, 2 H) 3.09
- 3.24 (m, 1 H) 3.47 - 3.65 (m, 1 H) 6.94 - 7.07 (m, 2 H) 7.12 - 7.23 (m, 2 H) 9.95
(d, J=1.7 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 177[M-H]
-.
Reference Example 25-1 4-Benzylcyclohexanone
[0400]

(1) Synthesis of 9-benzyl-3,3-dimethyl-1,5-dioxaspiro[5.5]undecan-9-ol
[0401]

[0402] To a solution of 1,4-cyclohexanedione mono-2,2-dimethyltrimethylene ketal (3.76 g)
and zinc chloride (about 1.0 mol/L, solution in diethyl ether, 1.90 mL) in tetrahydrofuran
(63.0 mL), benzylmagnesium bromide (about 1.0 mol/L, solution in tetrahydrofuran,
24.7 mL) was added at 0°C and thereafter the mixture was stirred at that temperature
for 2.5 hours. To the reaction mixture, a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride
was added and three extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic
layers were washed with saturated brine and thereafter dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 95:5-60:40) to give 9-benzyl-3,3-dimethyl-1,5-dioxaspiro[5.5]undecan-9-ol
as a colorless solid (1.28 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.97 (s, 6 H) 1.43 - 1.89 (m, 6 H) 1.95 - 2.13
(m, 2 H) 2.76 (s, 2 H) 3.41 - 3.58 (m, 4 H) 7.16 - 7.36 (m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 313[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0403] To a solution in toluene (44.0 mL) of the compound (1.28 g) obtained in step (1)
above, p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (84.0 mg) was added and thereafter the mixture
was refluxed for 3 hours with a Dean-Stark apparatus. After being cooled to room temperature,
the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-50:50).
A suspension of the resulting purified product (935 mg) and 20% palladium hydroxide/carbon
(93.5 mg) in methanol (11.3 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours in a hydrogen
atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite (registered trademark).
The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting
residue (938 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (34.3 mL), 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid (9.30 mL)
was added at 0°C and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14.5 hours. After
concentrating the stirred mixture under reduced pressure, three extractions were conducted
with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine.
After passage through a phase separator, the washed organic layers were concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 90:10-50:50) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (225 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.36 - 1.52 (m, 2 H) 1.95 - 2.10 (m, 3 H) 2.22
- 2.45 (m, 4 H) 2.62 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H) 7.10 - 7.36 (m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 189[M+H]
+, 211[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 26-1
1-(Biphenyl-4-yl)propan-1-one
[0404]

(1) Synthesis of 1-(biphenyl-4-yl)propan-1-ol
[0405]

[0406] To a solution of 4-phenylbenzaldehyde (1.20 g) in diethyl ether (13.2 mL), ethylmagnesium
bromide (about 3.0 mol/L, solution in diethyl ether, 3.29 mL) was added at 0°C. After
stirring the mixture at room temperature for 3 hours, the precipitate was recovered
by filtration. After dissolving the recovered precipitate in a liquid mixture of ethyl
acetate and a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride, three extractions were
conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine. After passage through a phase separator, the washed organic layers were concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-70:30) to give 1-(biphenyl-4-yl)propan-1-ol as a colorless
solid (1.27 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.96 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H) 1.72 - 1.98 (m, 2 H) 4.59
- 4.71 (m, 1 H) 7.29 - 7.48 (m, 5 H) 7.54 - 7.63 (m, 4 H).
MS EI posi: 212[M]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0407] To a solution in diethyl ether (30.0 mL) of the compound (1.27 g) obtained in step
(1) above, manganese(IV) oxide (9.57 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 45 hours. After removing the insoluble matter by filtration, the filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting residue in
acetone (60.0 mL), a Jones' reagent {see
Org. Synth., Coll. Vol. VI, 542 (1988)} (1.20 mL) was added until the color of the Jones' reagent was yet to disappear.
The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and ethyl acetate and
water were added to the residue. Extraction with ethyl acetate was conducted three
times and the combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine. After passage
through a phase separator, the washed organic layers were concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was recrystallized with n-hexane to give the titled
compound as a colorless solid (921 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.26 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H) 3.04 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2 H)
7.34 - 7.52 (m, 3 H) 7.58 - 7.73 (m, 4 H) 8.00 - 8.09 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 211 [M+H]
+, 233[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 27-1
1-(Biphenyl-4-yl)cyclopropaneamine
[0408]

The compound 4-cyanobiphenyl (2.83 g) was used as the starting material and treated
by the same technique as in Reference Example 4-1(2) to give the titled compound as
a pale yellow solid (1.06 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.99 - 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.08 - 1.15 (m, 2 H) 7.28
- 7.49 (m, 5 H) 7.51 - 7.62 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 210[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 27-2
1-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]cyclopropaneamine
[0409]

[0410] The compound 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (5.18 g) was used as the starting material
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 4-1(2) to give the titled
compound as a pale yellow solid (2.92 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.00 - 1.07 (m, 2 H) 1.11 - 1.19 (m, 2 H) 7.31
- 7.45 (m, 2 H) 7.49 - 7.64 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 202[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 27-3
2-[4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propane-2-amine
[0411]

[0412] To a solution of 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (3.01 g) in diethyl ether (88.0
mL), methylmagnesium bromide (about 3.0 mol/L, solution in diethyl ether, 17.6mL)
was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 minutes. To the reaction
mixture, tetraisopropyl orthotitanate (5.15 mL) was added slowly and thereafter the
mixture was refluxed for 6 hours. After cooling the mixture to 0°C, an aqueous solution
of 20% sodium hydroxide was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for an hour. After phase separation, the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl
ether twice. The combined organic layers were passed through a phase separator and
thereafter concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was dissolved
in 5% hydrochloric acid and washed with diethyl ether twice. The aqueous layer was
rendered basic with an aqueous solution of 20% sodium hydroxide and extracted with
diethyl ether three times. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine and thereafter passed through a phase separator to be concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 95:5-10:90) to give the titled compound as a yellow oil (1.81 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.51 (s, 6 H) 7.54 - 7.69 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 204[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 28-1
Methyl (3S)-3-amino-4-methoxybutanoate hydrochloride
[0413]

(1) Synthesis of tert-butyl [(2S)-1-cyano-3-hydroxypropan-2-yl]carbamate
[0414]

[0415] To a solution of N-a-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-β-cyano-L-alanine (1.00 g) in tetrahydrofuran
(13 mL), isobutyl chloroformate (674 µL) and triethylamine (716 µL) were added successively
at 0°C and the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 2 hours. After removing
the precipitate by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
To a mixture of the resulting residue, tetrahydrofuran (13 mL) and water (4 mL), sodium
borohydride (530 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
30 minutes. After adding water, extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were washed with saturated brine and thereafter passed through a phase
separator to be concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 80:20-40:60) to give
tert-butyl [(2S)-1-cyano-3-hydroxypropan-2-yl]carbamate as a colorless oil (650 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.46 (s, 9 H) 2.10 - 2.18 (m, 1 H) 2.63 - 2.78
(m, 2 H) 3.69 - 3.88 (m, 2 H) 3.89 - 4.03 (m, 1 H) 5.02 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 223[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of tert-butyl [(2S)-1-cyano-3-methoxypropan-2-yl]carbamate
[0416]

[0417] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) of the compound (650 mg) obtained in step
(1) above, sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 143 mg) was added under
cooling with ice. After stirring the mixture at the same temperature for 10 minutes,
methyl iodide (603 µL) was added. After stirring the mixture at the same temperature
for 30 minutes and then at room temperature for an hour, water was added and extraction
was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were passed through
a phase separator and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 90:10-60:40)
to give tert-butyl [(2S)-1-cyano-3-methoxypropan-2-yl]carbamate as a colorless oil
(247 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.45 (s, 9 H) 2.69 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2 H) 3.39 (s,
3 H) 3.41 - 3.49 (m, 1 H) 3.53 - 3.61 (m, 1 H) 4.02 (br. s., 1 H) 4.96 (br. s., 1
H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 237[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 213[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0418] To a solution in 1,4-dioxane (2.0 mL) of the compound (247 mg) obtained in step (2)
above, conc. hydrochloric acid (3.0 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 100°C
for an hour. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was used as the starting material and
treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 3-4 to give the titled compound
as a colorless solid (247 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.60 - 2.84 (m, 2 H) 3.30 (s, 3 H) 3.44 - 3.59 (m, 3 H) 3.64 (s, 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 148[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 28-2
Methyl (3S)-3-amino-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate hydrochloride
[0419]

(1) Synthesis of (2S)-2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-cyanopropyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
[0420]

[0421] To a solution in chloroform (20 mL) of the compound (820 mg) obtained in Reference
Example 28-1(1), p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (1.56 g) and triethylamine (1.14 mL) were
added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After adding more
p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (1.56 g) and triethylamine (1.14 mL), the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 30 minutes. Subsequently, a saturated aqueous solution of
sodium hydrogencarbonate was added and extraction was conducted with chloroform. The
combined organic layers were passed through a phase separator and thereafter concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 80:20-40:60) to give (2S)-2-[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-cyanopropyl
4-methylbenzenesulfonate as a colorless solid (1.32 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.43 (s, 9 H) 2.47 (s, 3 H) 2.63 - 2.71 (m, 2
H) 4.02 - 4.21 (m, 3 H) 4.86 - 5.01 (m, 1 H) 7.39 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) 7.81 (d, J=8.5
Hz, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 377[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of tert-butyl [(2S)-1-cyano-3-(dimethylamino)propan-2-yl]carbamate
[0422]

[0423] To a solution in ethanol (20 mL) of the compound (1.32 g) obtained in step (1) above,
dimethylamine (about 50%, aqueous solution, 3.92 mL) and triethylamine (519 µL) were
added and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for an hour. After being cooled to room
temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the
resulting residue, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added
and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were
washed with saturated brine and after passage through a phase separator, they were
concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 99:1-95:5) to give tert-butyl [(2S)-1-cyano-3-(dimethylamino)propan-2-yl]carbamate
as a pale yellow oil (340 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.45 (s, 9 H) 2.25 (s, 6 H) 2.31 - 2.55 (m, 2
H) 2.62 - 2.76 (m, 1 H) 2.78 - 2.91 (m, 1 H) 3.74 - 3.90 (m, 1 H) 4.99 (br. s., 1
H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 228[M+H]
+, 250[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 226[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0424] The compound (340 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 28-1(3) to give the titled
compound. Note that the titled compound was used in a subsequent reaction as it remained
a crude product.
Reference Example 29-1
Methyl (3-amino-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)acetate
[0425]

(1) Synthesis of 2-tert-butyl 1,3-dimethyl 2-cyanopropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylate
[0426]

[0427] To a solution of tert-butyl cyanoacetate (10.0 g) in toluene (100 mL), sodium hydride
(60% dispersion in mineral oil, 2.83 g) was added under cooling with ice. After being
stirred at 80°C for an hour, the mixture was cooled to 50°C and methyl bromoacetate
(6.51 mL) was added slowly. After adding tetrahydrofuran (15 mL), the mixture was
stirred at 80°C for two hours. The reaction mixture was cooled with ice and then sodium
hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 2.83 g) was added. After being stirred at
80°C for an hour, the mixture was cooled to 50°C and then methyl bromoacetate (6.51
mL) was added slowly. Subsequently, tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) was added and the mixture
was stirred at 80°C for two hours. After the reaction mixture to room temperature,
a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride and water were added and extraction
was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with water,
a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate, and saturated brine successively
and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration
and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-40:60)
to give 2-tert-butyl 1,3-dimethyl 2-cyanopropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylate as a pale yellow
oil (17.8 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.52 (s, 9 H) 2.96 - 3.12 (m, 4 H) 3.74 (s, 6
H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 286[M+H]
+, 308[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate
[0428]

[0429] To a solution in methanol (70 mL) of the compound (5.00 g) obtained in step (1) above,
a Raney nickel catalyst (about 7.5 g) was added. The mixture was stirred at 70°C for
8 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere with 0.4 megapascals (MPa). After being cooled to
room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite (registered trademark)
and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resulting residue,
diethyl ether (50 mL) and hexane (10 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at
room temperature for 15 minutes. The resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration
to give tert-butyl 3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate as a colorless
solid (1.75 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.46 (s, 9 H) 2.33 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1 H) 2.79-2.90
(m, 3 H) 3.35 (dd, J=10.3, 0.8 Hz, 1 H) 3.69 (s, 3 H) 3.84 (dd, J=10.3, 0.8 Hz, 1
H) 5.73 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 258[M+H]
+, 280[M+Na]
+.
(3) Synthesis of methyl (3-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)acetate
[0430]

[0431] To the compound (3.41 g) obtained in step (2) above, trifluoroacetic acid (30 mL)
was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. After concentrating
under reduced pressure, chloroform was added to the resulting residue, which was concentrated
again under reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting residue in benzene (50
mL), there were successively added tetrahydrofuran (12 mL), triethylamine (3.71 mL),
diphenylphosphoryl azide (3.73 mL) and benzyl alcohol (1.79 mL) and the mixture was
stirred for 4 hours under reflux with heating. After cooling the reaction mixture
to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added to it, which was then washed with water,
an aqueous solution of 10% citric acid, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen
carbonate, and saturated brine successively and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol
= 100:0-85:15) to give methyl (3-{[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]amino}-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)acetate
as a colorless gum (1.91 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.57 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1 H) 2.78 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1
H) 2.91 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 1 H) 3.01 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 1 H) 3.51 (dd, J=10.6, 0.8 Hz, 1 H)
3.67 (s, 3 H) 3.70 - 3.81 (m, 1 H) 5.08 (s, 2 H) 5.46 (br. s., 1 H) 5.69 (br. s.,
1 H) 7.27 - 7.42 (m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 307[M+H]
+, 329[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 341[M+Cl]
-.
(4) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0432] To a solution in methanol (30 mL) of the compound (1.91 g)obtained in step (3) above,
20% palladium hydroxide/carbon (191 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for an hour in a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered
through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (1.12 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.32 (d, J=16.7 Hz, 1 H) 2.47 (d, J=16.7 Hz, 1
H) 2.61 - 2.75 (m, 2 H) 3.33 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1 H) 3.46 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1 H) 3.72 (s,
3 H) 5.72 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 173[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 29-2
Methyl (3-amino-1-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidin-3-yl)acetate
[0433]

(1) Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate
[0434]

[0435] The compound (4.0 g) obtained in Reference Example 29-1(2) was used as the starting
material and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 28-1(2) to give
tert-butyl 3-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-methyl-5-oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate as a pale
yellow oil (3.74 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.45 (s, 9 H) 2.39 (d, J=17.3 Hz, 1 H) 2.70 (d,
J=16.6 Hz, 1 H) 2.79 - 2.90 (m, 5 H) 3.32 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1 H) 3.69 (s, 3 H) 3.86 (d,
J=10.6 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 272[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0436] The compound (3.74 g) obtained in step (1) above was used as the starting material
and treated by the same techniques as in Reference Example 29-1(3) and (4) to give
the titled compound.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.36 - 2.45 (m, 1 H) 2.47 - 2.56 (m, 1 H) 2.59
- 2.72 (m, 2 H) 2.85 - 2.89 (m, 3 H) 3.33 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1 H) 3.47 (d, J=10.4 Hz,
1 H) 3.72 (s, 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 187[M+H]
+, 209[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 30-1
Methyl L-α-asparaginate
[0437]

[0438] To a solution of N-α-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-L-aspartic α-amide (744 mg) in
tetrahydrofuran (8 mL), trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0 mol/L, solution in diethyl
ether, 1.20 mL) and methanol (808 µL) were added under cooling with ice. After being
brought to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture
was then concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting residue
in acetonitrile (14 mL), diethylamine (621 µL) was added and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and to the resulting residue, diethyl ether was added and the mixture was
stirred. The resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration to give the titled
compound as a colorless solid (274 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.37 (dd, J=15.6, 8.2 Hz, 1 H) 2.62 (dd, J=15.6, 5.1 Hz, 1 H) 3.46 (dd, J=8.2,
5.1 Hz, 1 H) 3.58 (s, 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 169[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 30-2
Methyl D-α-asparaginate
[0439]

[0440] Instead of N-α-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-L-aspartic α-amide, N-α-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)-D-aspartic
α-amide was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 30-1 to
give the titled compound as a colorless oil. Note that the titled compound was used
in a subsequent reaction as it remained a crude product.
Reference Example 31-1
6-[(1-Methylcyclopropyl)methoxy]pyridine-3-carbaldehyde
[0441]

(1) Synthesis of 6-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylpyridine-3-carboxamide
[0442]

[0443] Instead of 4-(bromomethyl)benzoic acid, 6-chloronicotinic acid (6.50 g) was used
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 16-1(1) to give 6-chloro-N-methoxy-N-methylpyridine-3-carboxamide
as a colorless oil (7.55 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.39 (s, 3 H) 3.56 (s, 3 H) 7.39 (dd, J=8.3, 0.7
Hz, 1 H) 8.03 (dd, J=8.3, 2.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.78 (dd, J=2.3, 0.7 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 201[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of N-methoxy-N-methyl-6-[(1-methylcyclopropyl)methoxy]pyridine-3-carboxamide
[0444]

[0445] To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (1.68 g) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL), a solution
of 1-methylcyclopropanemethanol (1.29 g) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. After the reaction mixture
was cooled to 0°C, a solution in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) of the compound (3.00 g) obtained
in step (1) above was added and after being brought to room temperature, the reaction
mixture was stirred for an hour. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under
reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 95:5-50:50) to give N-methoxy-N-methyl-6-[(1-methylcyclopropyl)methoxy]pyridine-3-carboxamide
as a colorless oil (2.02 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.38 - 0.47 (m, 2 H) 0.52 - 0.60 (m, 2 H) 1.23
(s, 3 H) 3.37 (s, 3 H) 3.58 (s, 3 H) 4.15 (s, 2 H) 6.73 - 6.84 (m, 1 H) 8.00 (dd,
J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1 H) 8.60 (dd, J=2.3, 0.7 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 251[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0446] The compound (2.00 g) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 16-1(3) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (1.51 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.39 - 0.48 (m, 2 H) 0.53 - 0.62 (m, 2 H) 1.23
(s, 3 H) 4.20 (s, 2 H) 6.83 - 6.92 (m, 1 H) 8.02 - 8.11 (m, 1 H) 8.52 - 8.63 (m, 1
H) 9.91 - 9.97 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 192[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 31-2
6-(2-Cyclopropylethoxy)pyridine-3-carbaldehyde
[0447]

[0448] Instead of 1-methylcyclopropanemethanol, 2-cyclopropylethanol (1.29 g) was used and
treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 31-1 to give the titled compound
as a colorless oil (1.25 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.08 - 0.18 (m, 2 H) 0.42 - 0.54 (m, 2 H) 0.75
- 0.89 (m, 1 H) 1.63 - 1.75 (m, 2 H) 4.48 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H) 6.77 - 6.88 (m, 1 H)
8.01 - 8.10 (m, 1 H) 8.58 - 8.67 (m, 1 H) 9.92 - 9.98 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 192[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 32-1
trans-4-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0449]

(1) Synthesis of cis-4-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
[0450]

[0451] Instead of 4-(bromomethyl)benzoic acid, cis-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid (1.45
g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 16-1(1) to give
cis-4-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide as a yellow oil (0.87 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 - 1.74 (m, 4 H) 1.79 - 2.02 (m, 4 H) 2.65
- 2.79 (m, 1 H) 3.19 (s, 3 H) 3.70 (s, 3 H) 3.99 - 4.08 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 188[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of trans-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
[0452]

[0453] Instead of 2-cyclopropylethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde, the compound (850 mg)
obtained in step (1) above and p-chlorophenol (700 mg) were respectively used and
treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 11-1 to give trans-4-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
as a colorless solid (458 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.37 - 1.75 (m, 4 H) 1.86 - 1.98 (m, 2 H) 2.16
- 2.29 (m, 2 H) 2.65 - 2.79 (m, 1 H) 3.19 (s, 3 H) 3.72 (s, 3 H) 4.06 - 4.26 (m, 1
H) 6.78 - 6.88 (m, 2 H) 7.18 - 7.25 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 298[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0454] The compound (455 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 23-1(2) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow
solid (379 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.38 - 1.64 (m, 4 H) 2.01 - 2.21 (m, 4 H) 2.25
- 2.39 (m, 1 H) 4.03 - 4.27 (m, 1 H) 6.78 - 6.87 (m, 2 H) 7.18 - 7.26 (m, 2 H) 9.66
- 9.72 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 237[M-H]
-.
[0455] In the following Reference Examples 32-2 to 32-9, a commercial grade of the corresponding
phenols and a commercial grade of the corresponding alcohols were used and treated
by the method described in Reference Example 32-1 or modifications thereof to synthesize
the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR
and MS data are shown in Table 11-1.

Reference Example 33-1
5-Methyl-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)pyridine-3-carbaldehyde
[0456]

(1) Synthesis of 5-methyl-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid
[0457]

[0458] Instead of 3,4-difluorobenzaldehyde, 2-fluoro-3-methylpyridine-5-carboxylic acid
(2.00 g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 12-1 to
give 5-methyl-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid as a colorless solid
(3.57 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.23 (s, 3 H) 5.09 (q, J=9.0 Hz, 2 H) 8.02 - 8.17 (m, 1 H) 8.52 - 8.63 (m,
1 H) 13.11 (br. s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 234[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of N-methoxy-N,5-dimethyl-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide
[0459]

[0460] The compound (3.57 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 16-1(1) to give N-methoxy-N,5-dimethyl-6-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy)pyridine-3-carboxamide
as a colorless oil (2.98 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.22 - 2.31 (m, 3 H) 3.37 (s, 3 H) 3.58 (s, 3
H) 4.81 (q, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) 7.80 - 7.92 (m, 1 H) 8.37 - 8.49 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 279[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0461] The compound (2.66 g) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 16-1(3) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (2.10 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.27 - 2.34 (m, 3 H) 4.76 - 4.96 (m, 2 H) 7.91
- 8.00 (m, 1 H) 8.41 - 8.51 (m, 1 H) 9.97 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 220[M+H]
+.
[0462] In the following Reference Examples 33-2 to 33-8, a commercial grade of the corresponding
halogenated aryls and a commercial grade of the corresponding alcohols were used and
treated by the method described in Reference Example 33-1 or modifications thereof
to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds
and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 12-1.

Reference Example 34-1
3-Phenylcyclopentanecarbaldehyde
[0463]

(1) Synthesis of (3-phenylcyclopentyl)methanol
[0464]

[0465] Instead of ethyl cis-2-phenylcyclopropanecarboxylate, 3-phenyl-cyclopentanecarboxylic
acid methyl ester (1.76 g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference
Example 23-1(2) to give (3-phenylcyclopentyl)methanol as a colorless oil (1.31 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.26 - 1.48 (m, 2 H) 1.54 - 2.19 (m, 5 H) 2.29
- 2.49 (m, 1 H) 2.97 - 3.16 (m, 1 H) 3.53 - 3.67 (m, 2 H) 7.12 - 7.35 (m, 5 H).
MS EI posi: 176[M]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0466] The compound (0.90 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the titled compound as a yellow oil
(0.90 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.56 - 2.55 (m, 7 H) 2.90 - 3.19 (m, 1 H) 7.14
- 7.40 (m, 5 H) 9.65 - 9.78 (m, 1 H).
[0467] In the following Reference Examples 34-2 and 34-3, a commercial grade of the corresponding
esters was used and treated by the method described in Reference Example 34-1 or a
modification thereof to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized
compounds and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 13-1.

Reference Example 35-1
4-{[(6-Methylpyridin-3-yl)oxy]methyl}benzaldehyde
[0468]

[0469] Instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and (bromomethyl)cyclobutane, 5-hydroxy-2-methylpyridine
(767 mg) and 4-(chloromethyl)benzyl alcohol (1.00 g) were respectively used and treated
by the same techniques as in Reference Examples 9-1 and 19-1 to give the titled compound
as a pale yellow solid (1.65 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.50 (s, 3 H) 5.17 (s, 2 H) 7.05 - 7.11 (m, 1
H) 7.14 - 7.20 (m, 1 H) 7.57 - 7.63 (m, 2 H) 7.89 - 7.94 (m, 2 H) 8.25 - 8.29 (m,
1 H) 10.03 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 228[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 226[M-H]
-, 262[M+Cl]
-.
Reference Example 36-1
cis-4-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0470]

(1) Synthesis of ethyl cis-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate and ethyl
trans-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate
[0471]

[0472] Instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and (bromomethyl)cyclobutane, ethyl 4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate
(2.00 g) and 4-chlorobenzylbromide (2.86 g) were respectively used and treated by
the same technique as in Reference Example 9-1 to give ethyl cis-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate
as a colorless oil (0.33 g) and ethyl trans-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate
as a pale yellow oil (0.47 g).
Ethyl cis-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 1.52 - 1.78 (m, 4 H) 1.83
- 2.06 (m, 4 H) 2.30 - 2.50 (m, 1 H) 3.54 - 3.66 (m, 1 H) 4.17 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H)
4.51 (s, 2 H) 7.25 - 7.40 (m, 4 H).
Ethyl trans-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.17 - 1.57 (m, 7 H) 1.95 - 2.18 (m, 4 H) 2.20
- 2.35 (m, 1 H) 3.25 - 3.41 (m, 1 H) 4.11 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 4.51 (s, 2 H) 7.21 -
7.37 (m, 4 H).
(2) Synthesis of {cis-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexyl}methanol
[0473]

[0474] The compound cis-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate (0.33 g) obtained
in step (1) above was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example
23-1(2) to give {cis-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexyl}methanol as a colorless oil
(0.29 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.20 - 1.67 (m, 8 H) 1.83 - 2.02 (m, 2 H) 3.49
(d, J=5.9 Hz, 2 H) 3.59 - 3.67 (m, 1 H) 4.46 (s, 2 H) 7.24 - 7.35 (m, 4 H).
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0475] The compound (283 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the titled compound as a yellow oil
(257 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 - 1.99 (m, 8 H) 2.20 - 2.35 (m, 1 H) 3.51
- 3.65 (m, 1 H) 4.47 (s, 2 H) 7.22 - 7.35 (m, 4 H) 9.59 - 9.68 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 275[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example 36-2
trans-4-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0476]

The ethyl trans-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarboxylate (856 mg) obtained in
Reference Example 36-1(1) was used and treated by the same techniques as in Reference
Example 36-1(2) and (3) to give the titled compound as a yellow oil (388 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.23 - 1.50 (m, 4 H) 1.98 - 2.31 (m, 5 H) 3.26
- 3.41 (m, 1 H) 4.52 (s, 2 H) 7.22 - 7.36 (m, 4 H) 9.62 - 9.67 (m, 1 H).
Reference Example 36-3
trans-4-[(5-Chloro-2-pyridinyl)methoxy]cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0477]

[0478] Instead of 4-chlorobenzylbromide, 2-(bromomethyl)-5-chloropyridine (5.23 g) was used
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 36-1 to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (0.25 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.28 - 1.67 (m, 4 H) 1.99 - 2.31 (m, 5 H) 3.33
- 3.52 (m, 1 H) 4.65 (s, 2 H) 7.39 - 7.48 (m, 1 H) 7.64 - 7.75 (m, 1 H) 8.48 - 8.54
(m, 1 H) 9.61 - 9.71 (m, 1 H).
Reference Example 37-1
trans-4-Phenoxycyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0479]

(1) Synthesis of methyl trans-4-phenoxycyclohexanecarboxylate
[0480]

[0481] Instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 2-cyclopropylethanol, phenol (1.43 g) and methyl
cis-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylate (2.00 g) were respectively used and treated by
the same technique as in Reference Example 11-1 to give methyl trans-4-phenoxycyclohexanecarboxylate
as a colorless oil (1.33 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.43 - 1.65 (m, 4 H) 2.03 - 2.13 (m, 2 H) 2.15
- 2.23 (m, 2 H) 2.32 - 2.44 (m, 1 H) 3.68 (s, 3 H) 4.15 - 4.26 (m, 1 H) 6.86 - 6.97
(m, 3 H) 7.23 - 7.31 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 235[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of (trans-4-phenoxycyclohexyl)methanol
[0482]

[0483] The compound (1.31 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 23-1(2) to give (trans-4-phenoxycyclohexyl)methanol
as a colorless oil (897 mg).
1H NMR (200 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.96 - 1.70 (m, 6 H) 1.81 - 2.01 (m, 2 H) 2.10
- 2.31 (m, 2 H) 3.50 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2 H) 4.04 - 4.27 (m, 1 H) 6.82 - 7.00 (m, 3 H)
7.16-7.35 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 207[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0484] The compound (897 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the titled compound as a yellow oil
(801 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.42 - 1.64 (m, 4 H) 2.04 - 2.22 (m, 4 H) 2.27
- 2.37 (m, 1 H) 4.16 - 4.28 (m, 1 H) 6.86 - 6.98 (m, 3 H) 7.23 - 7.33 (m, 2 H) 9.69
(s, 1 H).
[0485] In the following Reference Examples 37-2 to 37-8, a commercial grade of the corresponding
phenols and a commercial grade of the corresponding alcohols were used and treated
by the method described in Reference Example 37-1 or modifications thereof to synthesize
the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR
and MS data are shown in Table 14-1.

Reference Example 38-1
4-({[6-(Trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]oxy}methyl)benzaldehyde
[0486]

(1) Synthesis of 4-({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]oxy}methyl)benzonitrile
[0487]

Instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and bromocyclopropane, 6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-ol
(1.21 g) and 4-cyanobenzylbromide (1.45 g) were respectively used and treated by the
same technique as in Reference Example 10-1 to give 4-({[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]oxy}methyl)benzonitrile
as a pale brown solid (1.99 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 5.23 (s, 2 H) 7.34 (dd, J=8.7, 2.8 Hz, 1 H) 7.52
- 7.59 (m, 2 H) 7.64 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1 H) 7.69 - 7.77 (m, 2 H) 8.46 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1
H). MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 279[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 277[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0488] The compound (1.99 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 16-1(3) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow
solid (980 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 5.26 (s, 2 H) 7.35 (dd, J=8.8, 3.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.58
- 7.67 (m, 3 H) 7.91 - 7.98 (m, 2 H) 8.48 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1 H) 10.05 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 282[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 38-2
4-({[5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]oxy}methyl)benzaldehyde
[0489]

[0490] Instead of 6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-ol and 4-cyanobenzylbromide, 4-(hydroxymethyl)benzonitrile
(1.87 g) and 2-fluoro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (1.55 g) were respectively used
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 38-1 to give the titled
compound as a pale yellow solid (1.49 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 5.53 (s, 2 H) 6.90 - 6.97 (m, 1 H) 7.58 - 7.65
(m, 2 H) 7.82 (dd, J=8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1 H) 7.87 - 7.94 (m, 2 H) 8.40 - 8.47 (m, 1 H) 10.03
(s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 282[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 39-1
trans-4-[(4-Fluorobenzyl)oxy]cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
[0491]

(1) Synthesis of trans-4-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
[0492]

[0493] Instead of 4-(bromomethyl)benzoic acid, trans-4-hydroxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid
(7.21 g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 16-1(1)
to give trans-4-hydroxy-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide as a colorless oil
(8.52 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.21 - 1.40 (m, 2 H) 1.49 - 1.68 (m, 2 H) 1.78
- 1.90 (m, 2 H) 2.00 - 2.13 (m, 2 H) 2.54 - 2.73 (m, 2 H) 3.18 (s, 3 H) 3.57 - 3.74
(m, 4 H).
(2) Synthesis of trans-4-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
[0494]

[0495] To a solution in N,N-dimethylformamide (91 mL) of the compound (8.52 g) obtained
in step (1) above, imidazole (4.03 g) and tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane (6.86 g)
were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The reaction
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and water was added to the resulting
residue. After extraction with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were washed
with water and saturated brine. The washed organic layers were dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate and after removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-75:25) to give the titled
compound as a colorless oil (10.5 g).
1H NMR (200 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.06 (s, 6 H) 0.88 (s, 9 H) 1.15 - 1.69 (m, 4
H) 1.71 - 2.08 (m, 4 H) 2.50 - 2.73 (m, 1 H) 3.17 (s, 3 H) 3.48 - 3.75 (m, 4 H).
(3) Synthesis of trans-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]-N-methoxy-N-methylcyclohexanecarboxamide
[0496]

[0497] To a solution in acetonitrile (11 mL) of the compound (1.00 g) obtained in step (2)
above, triethylsilane (579 mg) was added. Bismuth tribromide (104 mg) and 4-fluorobenzaldehyde
(617 mg) were added under cooling with ice and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for two hours. To the reaction mixture, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate
and ethyl acetate were added and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration through
Celite (registered trademark). The organic layer in the filtrate was separated and
washed with saturated brine. The washed organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate and after removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-50:50) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (0.61 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.23 - 1.43 (m, 2 H) 1.47 - 1.65 (m, 2 H) 1.79
- 1.93 (m, 2 H) 2.10 - 2.23 (m, 2 H) 2.57 - 2.74 (m, 1 H) 3.18 (s, 3 H) 3.29 - 3.43
(m, 1 H) 3.70 (s, 3 H) 4.52 (s, 2 H) 6.97 - 7.08 (m, 2 H) 7.25 - 7.36 (m, 2 H).
(4) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0498] The compound (0.59 g) obtained in step (3) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 23-1(2) to give the titled compound as a yellow
oil (0.46 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.27 - 1.49 (m, 4 H) 1.97 - 2.34 (m, 5 H) 3.25
- 3.41 (m, 1 H) 4.52 (s, 2 H) 6.97 - 7.08 (m, 2 H) 7.25 - 7.36 (m, 2 H) 9.62 - 9.70
(m, 1 H).
[0499] In the following Reference Examples 39-2 to 39-7, a commercial grade of the corresponding
aldehydes was used and treated by the method described in Reference Example 39-1 or
modifications thereof to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures of the
synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 15-1.

Reference Example 40-1
4-(Piperidin-1-ylcarbonyl)benzaldehyde
[0500]

[0501] To a solution of 4-carboxybenzaldehyde (1.06 g) in chloroform (14.1 mL), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide
hydrochloride (2.03 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (1.62 g) and piperdine
(1.05 mL) were added. After stirring the mixture at room temperature for 15 hours,
a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added. After extraction with
ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine. The washed
organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and after removing the
desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The
resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 85:15-30:70) to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (1.57 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.50 - 1.53 (m, 2 H) 1.65 - 1.73 (m, 4 H) 3.24
- 3.35 (m, 2 H) 3.68 - 3.79 (m, 2 H) 7.52 - 7.57 (m, 2 H) 7.90 - 7.96 (m, 2 H) 10.05
(s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 218[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 232[M+Cl]
-.
[0502] In the following Reference Examples 40-2 to 40-8, a commercial grade of the corresponding
amines was used and treated by the method described in Reference Example 40-1 or modifications
thereof to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds
and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 16-1.

Reference Example 41-1
5-(4-Methylphenoxy)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde
[0503]

(1) Synthesis of methyl 5-(4-methylphenoxy)pyrazine-2-carboxylate
[0504]

Instead of 4-hydroxybenzotrifluoride and 6-bromo-3-pyridinecarboxyaldehyde, p-cresol
(833 mg) and methyl 5-chloro-2-pyrazinecarboxylate (1.33 g) were respectively used
and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 13-1 to give methyl 5-(4-methylphenoxy)pyrazine-2-carboxylate
as a colorless solid (1.36 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.39 (s, 3 H) 4.01 (s, 3 H) 7.03 - 7.09 (m, 2
H) 7.18 - 7.33 (m, 2 H) 8.48 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1 H) 8.83 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 245[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0505] The compound (1.36 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 16-1(3) to give the titled compound as a colorless
solid (1.10 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.40 (s, 3 H) 7.02 - 7.10 (m, 2 H) 7.22 - 7.31
(m, 2 H) 8.51 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1 H) 8.71 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1 H) 10.08 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 215[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 41-2
5-(4-Chlorophenoxy)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde
[0506]

[0507] Instead of p-cresol, 4-chlorophenol (2.23 g) was used and treated by the same technique
as in Reference Example 41-1 to give the titled compound as a pale yellow solid (0.45
g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.08 - 7.20 (m, 2 H) 7.36 - 7.49 (m, 2 H) 8.55
(d, J=1.4 Hz, 1 H) 8.67 - 8.72 (m, 1 H) 10.09 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 235[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 41-3
5-(4-Cyclopropylphenoxy)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde
[0508]

(1) Synthesis of 5-(4-bromophenoxy)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde
[0509]

[0510] Instead of p-cresol, 4-bromophenol (5.01 g) was used and treated by the same technique
as in Reference Example 41-1 to give 5-(4-bromophenoxy)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde as
a pale brown solid (1.88 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.09 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2 H) 7.58 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2 H)
8.55 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1 H) 8.70 (s, 1 H) 10.09 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 279[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of 2-(4-bromophenoxy)-5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)pyrazine
[0511]

[0512] To a solution in toluene (20 mL) of the compound (1.66 g) obtained in step (1) above,
ethylene glycol (1.11 g) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (56.6 mg) were added
and, thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 140°C for an hour using a Dean-Stark apparatus.
After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, a saturated aqueous solution
of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added to it under cooling with ice and extraction
was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration
and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica gel
column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-60:40) gave 2-(4-bromophenoxy)-5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)pyrazine
as a colorless solid (1.78 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 4.01 - 4.24 (m, 4 H) 5.92 (s, 1 H) 7.05 (d, J=9.0
Hz, 2 H) 7.48 - 7.59 (m, 2 H) 8.26 - 8.30 (m, 1 H) 8.40 - 8.44 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 323[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of 2-(4-cyclopropylphenoxy)-5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)pyrazine
[0513]

[0514] The compound (1.73 g) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 14-5(2) to give 2-(4-cyclopropylphenoxy)-5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)pyrazine
as a brown oil (2.46 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.65 - 0.74 (m, 2 H) 0.91 - 1.02 (m, 2 H) 1.84
- 1.98 (m, 1 H) 4.02 - 4.23 (m, 4 H) 5.91 (s, 1 H) 6.98 - 7.07 (m, 2 H) 7.09 - 7.16
(m, 2 H) 8.26 - 8.30 (m, 1 H) 8.35 - 8.42 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 285[M+H]
+.
(4) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0515] To a solution in acetone (107 mL) of the compound (2.46 g) obtained in step (3) above,
p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (2.04 g) was added and the mixture was stirred
at 50°C for two hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, a saturated
aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added to it under cooling with ice
and two extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers
were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate; thereafter, the desiccant was removed
by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
100:0-80:20) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (0.67 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.66 - 0.78 (m, 2 H) 0.91 - 1.05 (m, 2 H) 1.87
- 2.00 (m, 1 H) 7.01 - 7.10 (m, 2 H) 7.12 - 7.20 (m, 2 H) 8.51 (s, 1 H) 8.71 (s, 1
H) 10.08 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 241[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 41-4
2-(4-Methylphenoxy)pyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde
[0516]

(1) Synthesis of 2-chloro-5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)pyrimidine
[0517]

[0518] The compound 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde (1.00 g) was used and treated by the
same technique as in Reference Example 41-3(2) to give 2-chloro-5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)pyrimidine
as a pale yellow oil (290 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.96 - 4.21 (m, 4 H) 5.89 (s, 1 H) 8.71 (s, 2
H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 187[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of 5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-2-(4-methylphenoxy)pyrimidine
[0519]

[0520] The compound (290 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 13-1 to give 5-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)-2-(4-methylphenoxy)pyrimidine
as a colorless solid (380 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.37 (s, 3 H) 3.97 - 4.19 (m, 4 H) 5.83 (s, 1
H) 7.04 - 7.10 (m, 2 H) 7.19 - 7.26 (m, 2 H) 8.61 (s, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 259[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0521] The compound (380 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 41-3(4) to give the titled compound as a colorless
solid (139 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.39 (s, 3 H) 7.09 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H) 7.26 (d,
J=8.3 Hz, 2 H) 9.01 (s, 2 H) 9.99 - 10.09 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 215[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 42-1
1-(Pyrimidin-2-yl)piperidine-4-carbaldehyde
[0522]

(1) Synthesis of [1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl]methanol
[0523]

[0524] To a solution of 4-piperidinemethanol (1.00 g) in dimethyl sulfoxide (28.9 mL), 2-chloropyrimidine
(994 mg) and potassium carbonate (2.40 g) were added and the mixture was stirred at
100°C for three hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, water
was added to it and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic
layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and after removing the desiccant by
filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give [1-([pyrimidin-2-yl)piperidin-4-yl]methanol
as a colorless oil (1.50 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.14 - 1.32 (m, 2 H) 1.72 - 1.89 (m, 3 H) 2.82
- 2.96 (m, 2 H) 3.53 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 2 H) 4.74 - 4.85 (m, 2 H) 6.41 - 6.47 (m, 1 H)
8.26 - 8.33 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 194[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0525] The compound (1.50 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the titled compound as a yellow oil
(1.21 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.57 - 1.72 (m, 2 H) 1.94 - 2.05 (m, 2 H) 2.49
- 2.61 (m, 1 H) 3.12 - 3.24 (m, 2 H) 4.53 - 4.64 (m, 2 H) 6.48 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 1 H)
8.31 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 2 H) 9.70 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 192[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 42-2
1-(Cyclopropylacetyl)piperidine-4-carbaldehyde
[0526]

(1) Synthesis of 2-cyclopropyl-1-[4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl]ethanone
[0527]

[0528] Instead of 4-(bromomethyl)benzoic acid and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride,
cyclopropylacetic acid (869 mg) and 4-piperidinemethanol (1.00 g) were respectively
used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example 16-1(1) to give the
titled compound as a colorless oil (1.25 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.12 - 0.23 (m, 2 H) 0.51 - 0.60 (m, 2 H) 0.96
- 1.30 (m, 3 H) 1.54 - 1.90 (m, 3 H) 2.28 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H) 2.47 - 2.65 (m, 1 H)
2.95 - 3.10 (m, 1 H) 3.43 - 3.59 (m, 2 H) 3.80 - 3.94 (m, 1 H) 4.60 - 4.76 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 198[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0529] The compound (1.25 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give the titled compound as a yellow oil
(800 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.13 - 0.22 (m, 2 H) 0.52 - 0.61 (m, 2 H) 0.96
- 1.10 (m, 1 H) 1.50-1.71 (m, 2 H) 1.88 - 2.03 (m, 2 H) 2.29 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H) 2.45-2.59
(m, 1 H) 2.92 - 3.04 (m, 1 H) 3.11 - 3.25 (m, 1 H) 3.72 - 3.84 (m, 1 H) 4.29 - 4.41
(m, 1 H) 9.68 (s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 196[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 43-1
1-(Pyrimidin-2-yl)azetidine-3-carbaldehyde
[0530]

(1) Synthesis oftert-butyl 3-[methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl]azetidine-1-carboxylate
[0531]

[0532] To a solution of 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)azetidine-3-carboxylic acid (5.00 g) in tetrahydrofuran
(62.1 mL), 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (6.05 g) was added and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for an hour. To the reaction mixture, a solution of N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine
hydrochloride (3.64 g) and triethylamine (4.02 g) in acetonitrile (62.1 mL) was added
and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 15 hours. The reaction mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure and water was added to the resulting residue.
Extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed
with an aqueous solution of 5% citric acid and saturated brine. The washed organic
layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and after removing the desiccant by
filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl
3-[methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl]azetidine-1-carboxylate as a pale yellow oil (7.30 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.43 (s, 9 H) 3.21 (s, 3 H) 3.56 - 3.68 (m, 4
H) 4.00 - 4.09 (m, 2 H) 4.09 - 4.19 (m, 2 H).
(2) Synthesis of N-methoxy-N-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)azetidine-3-carboxamide
[0533]

[0534] To a solution in chloroform (24.8 mL) of the compound (7.30 g) obtained in step (1)
above, trifluoroacetic acid (12.4 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 15 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue (6.29 g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example
42-1(1) to give N-methoxy-N-methyl-1-(pyrimidin-2-yl)azetidine-3-carboxamide as a
colorless solid (810 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.23 (s, 3 H) 3.70 (s, 3 H) 3.80 - 3.96 (m, 1
H) 4.16 - 4.41 (m, 4 H) 6.51 - 6.59 (m, 1 H) 8.28 - 8.35 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 223[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0535] The compound (810 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 16-1(3) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (707 mg).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 164[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 44-1
tert-Butyl 4-formyl-2-methyl-1H-imidazole-1-carboxylate
[0536]

[0537] To a solution of 2-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carbaldehyde (500 mg) in chloroform (15
mL), di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.19 g), triethylamine (949 µL), and 4-dimethylaminopyridine
were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. To the
reaction mixture, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added
and extraction was conducted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were passed
through a phase separator and thereafter concentrated under reduced pressure. The
resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to give the titled
compound as a colorless solid (883 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.64 (s, 9 H) 2.68 (s, 3 H) 7.98 (s, 1 H) 9.85
(s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 233[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 209[M-H]
-.
Reference Example 45-1
1-(4-Cyclohexyl-3-fluorophenyl)methaneamine hydrochloride
[0538]

(1) Synthesis of 4-cyclohexen-1-yl-3-fluorobenzonitrile
[0539]

[0540] To a mixture of 3-fluoro-4-iodobenzonitrile (1.53 g), 1-cyclohexen-1-yl-boronic acid
(938 mg), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride (435 mg) and ethanol (9.75
mL), sodium ethoxide (about 20%, solution in ethanol, 5.75 mL) was added and the mixture
was stirred at 90°C for 15 minutes under irradiation with microwaves. After being
cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and three extractions
were conducted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine and passed through a phase separator to be concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 100:0-75:25) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (980 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.63 - 1.84 (m, 4 H) 2.18 - 2.29 (m, 2 H) 2.30
- 2.41 (m, 2 H) 6.01 - 6.10 (m, 1 H) 7.27 - 7.42 (m, 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 224[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 236[M+Cl]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0541] To a solution in isopropyl alcohol (24 mL) of the compound (980 mg) obtained in step
(1) above, a solution (3.7 mL) of 4 mol/L hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane and 20%
palladium hydroxide/carbon (98 mg) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 4 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite
(registered trademark) and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To
a solution of the resulting residue in ethanol (10 mL), a solution (2.0 mL) of 2 mol/L
hydrogen chloride in methanol and 20% palladium hydroxide/carbon (98 mg) were added.
The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 26 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere.
The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite (registered trademark) and the filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure. To the resulting residue, ethanol (5 mL)
and diethyl ether (50 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. The
resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a
brown solid (1.06 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.14 - 1.54 (m, 5 H) 1.63 - 1.86 (m, 5 H) 2.70 - 2.87 (m, 1 H) 3.99 (s, 2
H) 7.22 - 7.42 (m, 3 H) 8.43 (br. s., 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 208[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 45-2
1-[4-(Aminomethyl)phenyl]-4,4-difluorocyclohexanol hydrochloride
[0542]

(1) Synthesis of 4-(4,4-difluoro-1-hydroxycyclohexyl)benzonitrile
[0543]

[0544] To a solution of 4-iodobenzonitrile (5.35 g) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL), isopropylmagnesium
bromide (about 1 mol/L, solution in tetrahydrofuran, 35 mL) was added dropwise at
-40°C in an argon atmosphere. After stirring the mixture at that temperature for an
hour, a solution of 4,4-difluorocyclohexanone (4.70 g) in cyclopentyl methyl ether
(10 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was brought to room temperature over a period
of 5.5 hours and a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added. Three
extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were
washed with saturated brine and thereafter dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
The insoluble matter was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 95:5-40:60) to give 4-(4,4-difluoro-1-hydroxycyclohexyl)benzonitrile
as a colorless solid (2.19 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.77 - 1.92 (m, 2 H) 2.00 - 2.45 (m, 6 H) 7.58
- 7.72 (m, 4 H).
MS EI posi: 237[M]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0545] The compound (2.19 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 45-1(2) to give the titled compound as a colorless
solid (1.51 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.66 - 1.79 (m, 2 H) 1.85 - 2.04 (m, 4 H) 2.09 - 2.36 (m, 2 H) 3.99 (s, 2
H) 5.28 (s, 1 H) 7.40 - 7.48 (m, 2 H) 7.49 - 7.57 (m, 2 H) 8.32 (br. s., 3 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 242[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 276[M+Cl]
-.
Reference Example 46-1
1-[trans-3-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]methaneamine
[0546]

(1) Synthesis of N-benzyl-3-oxocyclobutanecarboxamide
[0547]

[0548] To a solution of 3-oxocyclobutanecarboxylic acid (13.5 g) in tetrahydrofuran (135
mL), 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole (23.0 g) was added under cooling with ice. The mixture
was brought to room temperature and stirred for 90 minutes. Benzylamine (15.5 mL)
was added and the mixture was stirred at that temperature for 14 hours. The crude
product was adsorbed on diatomaceous earth with the solvent being distilled off under
reduced pressure. The crude product adsorbed on the diatomaceous earth was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 100:0-95:5) to give N-benzyl-3-oxocyclobutanecarboxamide
as a colorless solid (16.9 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.89 - 3.10 (m, 1 H) 3.11 - 3.32 (m, 2 H) 3.41
- 3.67 (m, 2 H) 4.50 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H) 7.25 - 7.42 (m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 204[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of cis-3-[(benzylamino)methyl]cyclobutanol
[0549]

[0550] The compound (16.9 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 23-1(2) to give cis-3-[(benzylamino)methyl]cyclobutanol
as a pale yellow oil (16.2 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.35 - 1.57 (m, 2 H) 1.66 - 1.93 (m, 2 H) 2.12 - 2.36 (m, 2 H) 2.42 - 2.53
(m, 2 H) 3.69 (s, 2 H) 3.78 - 4.00 (m, 1 H) 7.12 - 7.41 (m, 5 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 192[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of cis-3-(aminomethyl)cyclobutanol
[0551]

[0552] The compound (16.2 g) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 29-1(4) to give cis-3-(aminomethyl)cyclobutanol
as a colorless oil (10.4 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.29 - 1.51 (m, 2 H) 1.53 - 1.70 (m, 1 H) 2.08 - 2.29 (m, 2 H) 2.41 - 2.51
(m, 2 H) 3.76 - 3.98 (m, 1 H).
(4) Synthesis of tert-butyl [(cis-3-hydroxycyclobutyl)methyl]carbamate
[0553]

[0554] The compound (10.3 g) obtained in step (3) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 44-1 to give tert-butyl [(cis-3-hydroxycyclobutyl)methyl]carbamate
as a colorless solid (6.08 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.37 (s, 9 H) 1.37 - 1.49 (m, 2 H) 1.66 - 1.79 (m, 1 H) 2.08 - 2.23 (m, 2
H) 2.87 - 2.91 (m, 2 H) 3.78 - 3.91 (m, 1 H) 4.82 - 4.94 (m, 1 H) 6.76 (t, J=5.4 Hz,
1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 224[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 200[M-H]
-.
(5) Synthesis of tert-butyl {[trans-3-(4-chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]methyl}carbamate
[0555]

[0556] Instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 2-cyclopropylethanol, 4-chlorophenol (767 mg)
and the compound (1.00 g) obtained in step (4) above were respectively used and treated
by the same technique as in Reference Example 11-1 to give tert-butyl {[trans-3-(4-chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]methyl}carbamate
as a colorless solid (1.05 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.45 (s, 9 H) 2.15 - 2.37 (m, 4 H) 2.40 - 2.65
(m, 1 H) 3.12 - 3.35 (m, 2 H) 4.64 - 4.79 (m, 1 H) 6.63 - 6.76 (m, 2 H) 7.15 - 7.25
(m, 2 H). (6) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0557] To a solution in 1,4-dioxane (30 mL) of the compound (0.98 g) obtained in step (5)
above, a solution (25 mL) of 4 mol/L hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added and
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After adding diethyl ether
(120 mL), the mixture was stirred for another two hours and thereafter the precipitate
was recovered by filtration. The recovered precipitate was dissolved in an aqueous
solution of 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide and chloroform and two extractions were conducted
with chloroform. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate
and the desiccant was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (660 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.12 - 2.48 (m, 5 H) 2.74 - 2.87 (m, 2 H) 4.61
- 4.77 (m, 1 H) 6.63 - 6.80 (m, 2 H) 7.12 - 7.27 (m, 2 H).
[0558] In the following Reference Examples 46-2 to 46-4, a commercial grade of the corresponding
phenols was used and treated by the method described in Reference Example 46-1 or
modifications thereof to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures of the
synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 17-1.

Reference Example 46-5
1-{cis-3-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclobutyl}methaneamine
[0559]

(1) Synthesis oftert-butyl ({cis-3-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclobutyl}methyl)carbamate
[0560]

[0561] Instead of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and (bromomethyl)cyclobutane, the compound (1.00
g) obtained in Reference Example 46-1(4) and 4-chlorobenzyl bromide (1.02 g) were
respectively used and treated by the same technique as in Reference 9-1 to give tert-butyl
({cis-3-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclobutyl}methyl)carbamate as a colorless solid (750
mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.44 (s, 9 H) 1.58 - 1.71 (m, 2 H) 1.88 - 2.10
(m, 1 H) 2.25 - 2.43 (m, 2 H) 3.08 - 3.22 (m, 2 H) 3.81 - 3.95 (m, 1 H) 4.36 (s, 2
H) 7.20 - 7.37 (m, 4 H).
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0562] The compound (750 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 46-1(6) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (523mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.52 - 1.71 (m, 2 H) 1.77 - 1.95 (m, 1 H) 2.27
- 2.45 (m, 2 H) 2.72 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H) 3.81 - 4.01 (m, 1 H) 4.38 (s, 2 H) 7.20 -
7.39 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 226[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 46-6
1-[cis-3-(4-Chlorophenoxy)cyclobutyl]methaneamine
[0563]

(1) Synthesis of trans-3-[({[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)methyl]cyclobutyl
4-nitrobenzoate
[0564]

To a mixture of the compound (2.00 g) obtained in Reference Example 46-1(4), 4-nitrobenzoic
acid (3.32 g), triphenylphosphine (5.21 g) and tetrahydrofuran (50 mL), diisopropyl
azodicarboxylate (1.0 mol/L, solution in toluene, 10.5 mL) was added and the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After concentrating under reduced pressure,
the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 100:0-75:25) to give trans-3-[({[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]carbonyl}amino)methyl]cyclobutyl
4-nitrobenzoate as a colorless solid (3.88 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.46 (s, 9 H) 2.24 - 2.45 (m, 4 H) 2.46 - 2.68
(m, 1 H) 3.21 - 3.33 (m, 2 H) 5.29 - 5.41 (m, 1 H) 8.18 - 8.25 (m, 2 H) 8.26 - 8.32
(m, 2 H).
(2) Synthesis of tert-butyl[(trans-3-hydroxycyclobutyl)methyl]carbamate
[0565]

[0566] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) of the compound (3.88 g) obtained in step
(1) above, an aqueous solution of 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide (19.9 mL) was added and
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Extraction was conducted
with ethyl acetate and after drying the combined organic layers over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate, the desiccant was removed by filtration. With the solvent being distilled
off under reduced pressure, the crude product was adsorbed on diatomaceous earth.
The crude product as adsorbed on the diatomaceous earth was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 99:1-0:100, then chloroform:methanol
= 100:0-90:10) to give tert-butyl [(trans-3-hydroxycyclobutyl)methyl]carbamate as
a colorless solid (1.87 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.37 (s, 9 H) 1.72 - 2.00 (m, 4 H) 2.01 - 2.22 (m, 1 H) 2.85 - 3.02 (m, 2
H) 4.05 - 4.23 (m, 1 H) 4.81 - 4.95 (m, 1 H) 6.72 - 6.91 (m, 1 H).
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0567] The compound (500 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Reference 46-1(5) and (6) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (460 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.71 - 1.90 (m, 2 H) 1.95 - 2.13 (m, 1 H) 2.50
- 2.68 (m, 2 H) 2.77 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H) 4.43 - 4.60 (m, 1 H) 6.66 - 6.80 (m, 2 H)
7.14-7.26 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 212[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 46-7
1-{trans-3-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)oxy]cyclobutyl}methaneamine
[0568]

[0569] The compound (1.30 mg) obtained in Reference Example 46-6(2) was used and treated
by the same technique as in Reference Example 46-5 to give the titled compound as
a colorless oil (630 smg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.91 - 2.34 (m, 5 H) 2.72 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2 H) 4.03
- 4.20 (m, 1 H) 4.36 (s, 2 H) 7.20 - 7.38 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 226[M+H]
+.
Reference Example 47-1
2-{[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-1-(4-iodophenyl)ethaneamine
[0570]

(1) Synthesis of amino(4-iodophenyl)acetonitrile
[0571]

[0572] To a solution of 4-iodobenzaldehyde (10.4 g) in methanol (36 mL), tetraisopropyl
orthotitanate (50.0 mL) and a solution (50 mL) of 8 mol/L ammonia in methanol were
added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. Trimethylsilyl
cyanide (5.89 mL) was slowly added to the mixture, which was then stirred at the same
temperature for 14 hours. Iced water was added to the reaction mixture, which was
then filtered through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was extracted with ethyl acetate.
The combined organic layers were washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 99:1-25:75) to give amino(4-iodophenyl)acetonitrile as a
pale yellow solid (5.05 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 4.87 (s, 2 H) 7.27 - 7.33 (m, 2 H) 7.69 - 7.83
(m, 2 H).
(2) Synthesis of amino(4-iodophenyl)acetic acid hydrochloride
[0573]

[0574] A suspension in 6 mol/L hydrochloric acid (65 mL) of the compound (5.05 g) obtained
in Step (1) above was stirred at 105°C for 14 hours. After being cooled to room temperature,
the suspension was stirred at room temperature for an hour and then stirred for 30
minutes under cooling with ice. The resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration
to give amino(4-iodophenyl)acetic acid hydrochloride as a colorless solid (4.32 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 4.18 (s, 2 H) 7.08 - 7.30 (m, 2 H) 7.60 - 7.77 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 278[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 276[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of 2-amino-2-(4-iodophenyl)ethanol
[0575]

[0576] To a liquid mixture of lithium borohydride (2.0 mol/L, solution in tetrahydrofuran,
19.7 mL) and chlorotrimethylsilane (9.97 mL), the compound (4.95 g) obtained in step
(2) above was added in small portions at room temperature and the mixture was stirred
for 16 hours. Under cooling with ice, methanol (3.5 mL) was added to the mixture,
which was then brought to room temperature and stirred for 15 minutes. To the stirred
mixture, water (19.7 mL), ethyl acetate (39.4 mL), saturated brine (19.7 mL) and sodium
hydroxide (1.87 g) were added successively and the mixture was stirred at the same
temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and
the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The desiccant
was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure
to give 2-amino-2-(4-iodophenyl)ethanol as a yellow solid (4.70 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 3.43 - 3.59 (m, 1 H) 3.65 - 3.77 (m, 1 H) 3.94
- 4.10 (m, 1 H) 7.02 - 7.15 (m, 2 H) 7.62 - 7.75 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 264[M+H]
+.
(4) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0577] To a mixture of the compound (4.70 g) obtained in step (3) above, 4-dimethylaminopyridine
(48.2 mg), triethylamine (4.40 mL) and chloroform (63.2 mL), a solution of tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane
(2.38 g) in chloroform (31.6 mL) was added dropwise under cooling with ice and the
mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes, and then at room temperature
for three days. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and water
and ethyl acetate were then added. Extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate and
the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The desiccant
was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol
= 100:0-98:2) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (4.68 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.02 (s, 6 H) 0.89 (s, 9 H) 3.40 - 3.56 (m, 1
H) 3.62 - 3.74 (m, 1 H) 3.97 - 4.07 (m, 1 H) 7.06 - 7.20 (m, 2 H) 7.56 - 7.72 (m,
2 H).
Reference Example A-1
Methyl [4-({[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}amino)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl]acetate
[0578]

[0579] To a solution in chloroform (20 mL) of the compound (500 mg) obtained in Reference
Example 1-1, the compound (627 mg) obtained in Reference Example 6-2 was added and
the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride
(654 mg) was added to the mixture which was further stirred at room temperature for
12 hours. Under cooling with ice, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate
was added to the mixture, which was then brought to room temperature. Three extractions
were conducted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were passed through a
phase separator and thereafter concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
80:20-0:100) to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (784 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.66 - 1.76 (m, 4 H) 2.60 (s, 2 H) 3.60 - 3.78
(m, 7 H) 3.86 - 3.99 (m, 2 H) 4.77 (s, 1 H) 7.45 - 7.52 (m, 2 H) 7.54 - 7.63 (m, 2
H) 7.65 - 7.73 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 408[M+H]
+, 430[M+Na]
+.
Reference Example A-486
Ethyl N-[1-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-propanyl]-β-alaninate
[0581]

[0582] To a solution of β-alanine ethyl ester hydrochloride (1.00 g) in ethanol (13.5 mL),
triethylamine (907 µL), 4-chlorophenylacetone (1.32 g), acetic acid (1.5 mL) and borane-2-picoline
complex (1.39 g) were added successively and the mixture was stirred at 60°C for 30
minutes. After being cooled to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under
reduced pressure. To the resulting residue, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium
hydrogencarbonate was added and the mixture was extracted with chloroform twice. The
combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(chloroform:methanol = 100:0-95:5) to give the titled compound as a yellow oil (1.70
g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.03 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 3 H) 1.22 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H)
2.40 - 2.49 (m, 2 H) 2.51 - 2.61 (m, 1 H) 2.65 - 2.76 (m, 1 H) 2.79 - 2.99 (m, 3 H)
4.10 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 7.06 - 7.15 (m, 2 H) 7.21 - 7.29 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 270[M+H]
+.
Reference Example B-1
Ethyl N-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]propan-2-yl}-β-alaninate
[0583]

[0584] To a mixture of the compound (1.11g) obtained in Reference Example 27-3, methanol
(6.00 mL) and water (3.00 mL), ethyl acrylate (0.594 mL) was added and the resulting
mixture was stirred at 90°C for an hour under irradiation with microwaves. After being
cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted
with ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated
brine and thereafter passed through a phase separator for concentrating under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 95:5-10:90) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (957 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 1.47 (s, 6 H) 2.39-2.49
(m, 2 H) 2.53 - 2.61 (m, 2 H) 4.14 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 7.58 (s, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 304[M+H]
+.
[0585] In the following Reference Examples B-2 to B-19, the compounds obtained in Reference
Examples 27-1 to 27-3, Reference Examples 45-1 to 47-1, or commercial grades of the
corresponding amines, as well as commercial grades of the corresponding acrylic acid
esters or crotonic acid esters were used as starting materials and treated by the
method described in Reference Example B-1 or modifications thereof to synthesize the
intended compounds. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and
MS data are shown in Tables 19-1 and 19-2.

[0586] [Formula 19-2]

Reference Example C-1
Ethyl N-(5-phenylpentyl)-β-alaninate
[0587]

[0588] To a solution of β-alanine ethyl hydrochloride (2.00 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide
(65.0 mL), sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 1.15g) was added and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour. After adding (5-bromopentyl)benzene
(2.52 mL), the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 4 hours. After being cooled to room
temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated
brine. The organic layer was separated off and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate;
after removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol
= 100:0-85:15) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (480 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.19 - 1.30 (m, 3 H) 1.31 - 1.70 (m, 6 H) 2.42
- 2.54 (m, 2 H) 2.56 - 2.67 (m, 4 H) 2.81 - 2.92 (m, 2 H) 4.14 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H)
7.10-7.22 (m, 3 H) 7.23 - 7.32 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 264[M+H]
+.
Reference Example D-1
Ethyl 3-({[3-(4-chlorophenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]methyl}amino)-3-methylbutanoate
[0589]

(1) Synthesis of 1-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-hydroxymethaneimine
[0590]

[0591] To a solution of 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (10.0 g) in chloroform (350 mL), hydroxylamine
hydrochloride (10.2 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for
18 hours in an arogon atmosphere. After adding 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid (200 mL),
three extractions were conducted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were
washed with saturated brine and thereafter dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was crystallized with a liquid mixture of n-hexane
and chloroform to give 1-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-hydroxymethaneimine as a colorless solid
(9.27 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 7.34 - 7.39 (m, 2 H) 7.48 - 7.54 (m, 2 H) 8.10
(s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 156[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 154[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of 5-(bromomethyl)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-isoxazole
[0592]

[0593] To a solution in chloroform (28.5 mL) of the compound (1.85 g) obtained in step (1)
above, propargyl bromide (1.07 mL) and triethylamine (1.99 mL) were added and then
5% sodium hypochlorite in aqueous solution (57.0 mL) was added dropwise at 0°C over
a period of 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was brought to room temperature and stirred
for 5 hours. After separating the aqueous layer, two extractions were conducted with
chloroform. The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration, the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 99:1-85:15) and reduced
to powder with n-hexane, thus giving 5-(bromomethyl)-3-(4-chlorophenyl)-isoxazole
as a colorless solid (1.01 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 4.51 (s, 2 H) 6.58 - 6.64 (m, 1 H) 7.38 - 7.52
(m, 2 H) 7.68 - 7.79 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 271[M+H]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0594] To a solution of ethyl 3-amino-3-methylbutyrate hydrochloride (333 mg) in tetrahydrofuran
(4.00 mL), a solution in tetrahydrofuran (2.00 mL) of the compound (100 mg) obtained
in step (2) above and potassium carbonate (406 mg) were added and the mixture was
stirred at 60°C for three days. After passing the reaction mixture through Celite
(registered trademark), the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the
resulting residue was roughly purified by preparative HPLC. To the resulting roughly
purified product, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added
and extraction was conducted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and after removing the desiccant by filtration, the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 98:2-50:50) to give
the titled compound as a colorless amorphous mass.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.20 - 1.32 (m, 9 H) 2.48 (s, 2 H) 3.92 (d, J=0.9
Hz, 2 H) 4.15 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 6.48 (t, J=0.9 Hz, 1 H) 7.37 - 7.45 (m, 2 H) 7.69
- 7.77 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI posi: 337[M+H]
+.
MS ESI nega: 335[M-H]
-.
Reference Example E-1
2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethyl glycinate
[0595]

(1) Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]glycinate
[0596]

[0597] To a mixture of N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl)glycine (5.33 g), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide
hydrochloride (5.86 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (4.68 g) and chloroform
(51.0 mL), 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethanol (4.36 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 8 hours. To the reaction mixture, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethanol
(3.00 mL), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (2.93 g) and
4-dimethylaminopyridine (312 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 65 hours. After pouring the reaction mixture into a saturated aqueous solution
of ammonium chloride, three extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium
sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 95:5-80:20) to give 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl N-[(benzyloxy)carbonyl]glycinate
as a colorless oil (6.64 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.04 (s, 9 H) 0.96 - 1.06 (m, 2 H) 3.96 (d, J=5.6
Hz, 2 H) 4.20-4.30 (m, 2 H) 5.13 (s, 2 H) 5.19 - 5.28 (m, 1 H) 7.28 - 7.41 (m, 5 H).
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0598] To a solution in ethyl acetate (20.0 mL) of the compound (634 mg) obtained in step
(1) above, 20% palladium hydroxide/carbon (63.0 mg) was added. The mixture was stirred
at room temperature for an hour in a hydrogen atmosphere. After passing the reaction
mixture through Celite (registered trademark), the filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure to give the titled compound as a pale yellow oil (320 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.05 (s, 9 H) 0.89 - 1.07 (m, 2 H) 3.40 (s, 2
H) 4.13 - 4.29 (m, 2 H).
Reference Example F-1
Ethyl N-[4-(1H-benzotriazol-1-ylmethoxy)benzyl]-β-alaninate
[0599]

[0600] To a mixture of 1H-benzotriazole-1-methanol (1.22 g), 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1.00
g), triphenylphosphine (2.26 g) and chloroform (27 mL), diisopropyl azodicarboxylate
(1.9 mol/L, solution in toluene, 4.53 mL) was added under cooling with ice. After
being brought to room temperature, the mixture was stirred for 2.5 hours. Following
the addition of triphenylphosphine (1.13 g) and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (1.9
mol/L, solution in toluene, 2.27 mL), the mixture was stirred for an additional 40
minutes. To the reaction mixture, methanol (165 µL) and acetic acid (750 µL) were
added and the resulting mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 20 minutes.
To the reaction mixture, β-alanine ethyl hydrochloride (1.38 g), triethylamine (1.26
µL) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.60 g) were added and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 1.5 hours. After adding 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid, the mixture
was washed with diethyl ether. To the aqueous layer, an aqueous solution of 2 mol/L
sodium hydroxide was added to provide a basic pH. Following extraction with chloroform,
the combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine and thereafter passed
through a phase separator for concentrating under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
100:0-50:50) to give the titled compound as a colorless oil (1.13 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.24 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 2.47 - 2.52 (m, 2 H) 2.81
- 2.87 (m, 2 H) 3.71 (s, 2 H) 4.12 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 6.54 (s, 2 H) 6.99 - 7.06 (m,
2 H) 7.19 - 7.25 (m, 2 H) 7.40 (ddd, J=8.3, 7.0, 1.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 (ddd, J=8.3, 7.0,
1.0, Hz, 1 H) 7.70 (dt, J=8.3, 1.0 Hz, 1 H) 8.07 (dt, J=8.3, 1.0 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 355[M+H]
+, 377[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 353[M-H]
-, 389[M+Cl]
-.
[0601] In the following Reference Examples F-2 and F-3, a commercial grade of the corresponding
alcohols was used as the starting material and treated by the method descried in Reference
Example F-1 or a modification thereof to synthesize the intended compounds. The structures
of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are shown in Table 20-1.

Reference Example G-1
3-({2-[(2-Methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-2-oxoethyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoic acid
[0602]

(1) Synthesis of benzyl 3-({2-[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-2-oxoethyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoate
[0603]

[0604] To a solution of monobenzyl malonate (2.00 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (51.5 mL),
glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride (2.07 g), triethylamine (3.13 g) and propylphosphonic
acid anhydride (cyclic trimer) (48%, solution in N,N-dimethylformamide, 8.22 g) were
added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour. To the reaction
mixture, water was added and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The desiccant was removed
by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
67:33-50:50) to give benzyl 3-({2-[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-2-oxoethyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoate
as a colorless oil (1.46 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.48 (s, 9 H) 3.40 (s, 2 H) 3.97 (d, J=5.0 Hz,
2 H) 5.19 (s, 2 H) 7.31 - 7.40 (m, 5 H) 7.47 - 7.57 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 330[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI nega: 306[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0605] The compound (1.46 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example E-1(2) to give the titled compound as a colorless
oil (1.03 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.48 (s, 9 H) 3.40 (s, 2 H) 3.99 (d, J=5.0 Hz,
2 H) 7.28 - 7.41 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 240[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI nega: 216[M-H]
-.
Reference Example G-2
3-({3-[(2-Methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-3-oxopropyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoic acid
[0606]

[0607] Instead of glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride, β-alanine tert-butyl hydrochloride (1.82
g) was used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example G-1 to give
the titled compound as a colorless solid (1.03 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.46 (s, 9 H) 2.43 - 2.54 (m, 2 H) 3.32 (s, 2
H) 3.55 (q, J=6.1 Hz, 2 H) 7.02 - 7.18 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 254[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 230[M-H]
-.
Reference Example G-3
3-[(2-Ethoxy2-oxoethyl)amino]-3-oxopropanoic acid
[0608]

[0609] To a solution of Meldrum's acid (10.0 g) in acetonitrile (231 mL), glycine ethyl
hydrochloride (14.5 g) and triethylamine (14.1 g) were added and the mixture was stirred
at 60°C for 5 hours. After cooling the mixture to room temperature, ethyl acetate
was added and extraction was conducted with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium
hydrogencarbonate. To the combined aqueous layers, 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid was added
and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration, the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the titled compound as a
colorless solid (7.95 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.30 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H) 3.44 (s, 2 H) 4.10 (d,
J=5.3 Hz, 2 H) 4.25 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 190[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 188[M-H]
-.
Example 1-1
N-[(4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-1-{[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}-9-oxa-1-azaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl)carbonyl]glycine
[0610]

(1) Synthesis of ethyl 3-([4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl]{[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoate
[0611]

[0612] To a solution in ethyl acetate (11.6 mL) of the compound (770 mg) obtained in Reference
Example A-1 and triethylamine (287 mg), ethyl malonyl chloride (341 mg) was added
at 0°C and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. More of triethylamine
(95.7 mg) was added and following the addition of ethyl malonyl chloride (114 mg)
at 0°C, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After adding 1
mol/L hydrochloric acid, two extractions were conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were passed through a phase separator and thereafter concentrated under
reduced pressure to give a mixture (1.44 g) comprising ethyl 3-([4-(2-ethoxy-2-oxoethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl]{[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoate.
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 522[M+H]
+, 544[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of sodium 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-oxo-1-{[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}-9-oxa-1-azaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-4-olate
[0613]

[0614] To a solution in ethanol (24.7 mL) of the mixture (1.43 g) obtained in step (1) above,
sodium ethoxide (about 20%, solution in ethanol, 1.30 mL) was added and the resulting
mixture was stirred at an external temperature of 90°C for 4 hours. After cooling
the reaction mixture to room temperature, the precipitate was recovered by filtration
to give sodium 3-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-oxo-1-{[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}-9-oxa-1-azaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-4-olate
as a brown solid (534 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.14 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 1.40 - 1.55 (m, 2 H) 1.74-1.92 (m, 2 H) 2.42 (s, 2
H) 3.37 - 3.46 (m, 2 H) 3.61 - 3.71 (m, 2 H) 3.94 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2 H) 4.70 (br. s.,
2 H) 7.40 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H) 7.65 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H) 7.75 - 7.82 (m, 2 H) 7.84-7.92
(m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 512[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 488[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of tert-butyl N-[(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-{[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}-9-oxa-1-azaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl)carbonyl]glycinate
[0615]

[0616] To a solution in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (10.2 mL) of the compound (508 mg) obtained
in step (2) above, triethylamine (100 mg) and glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride (200
mg) were added and the mixture was stirred at an external temperature of 90°C for
two hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 85:15-20:80) to give tert-butyl N-[(4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-{[4'-(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4-yl]methyl}-9-oxa-1-azaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl)carbonyl]glycinate
as a colorless amorphous mass (329 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.47 - 1.53 (m, 9 H) 1.59 - 1.68 (m, 2 H) 1.99
- 2.16 (m, 2 H) 2.83 - 2.98 (m, 2 H) 3.44 - 3.60 (m, 2 H) 3.79 - 3.93 (m, 2 H) 3.99
- 4.08 (m, 2 H) 4.84 (br. s., 2 H) 7.31 - 7.41 (m, 2 H) 7.50 - 7.59 (m, 2 H) 7.62
- 7.72 (m, 4 H) 10.12 - 10.45 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 575[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 573[M-H]
-.
(4) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0617] To the compound (319 mg) obtained in step (3) above, a solution (6.4 mL) of 4 mol/L
hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 18 hours. After concentrating under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate (5.00 mL)
was added to the residue and with continued stirring, n-hexane (5.00 mL) was added.
After stirring the reaction mixture at room temperature for 30 minutes, the precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (245
mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.46 - 1.61 (m, 2 H) 1.89 - 2.10 (m, 2 H) 2.89 - 3.14 (m, 2 H) 3.41 - 3.56
(m, 2 H) 3.65 - 3.78 (m, 2 H) 3.96 - 4.16 (m, 2 H) 4.74 - 4.93 (m, 2 H) 7.40 - 7.51
(m, 2 H) 7.63 - 7.74 (m, 2 H) 7.75 - 7.93 (m, 4 H) 9.93 - 10.27 (m, 1 H) 12.76 - 12.95
(m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 519[M+H]
+, 541[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 517[M-H]
-.
Example 1-2
N-{[5-(Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-8-hydroxy-6-oxo-2-oxa-5-azaspiro[3.5]non-7-en-7-yl]carbonyl}glycine
[0618]

(1) Synthesis of tert-butyl N-{[5-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-8-hydroxy-6-oxo-2-oxa-5-azaspiro[3.5]non-7-en-7-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0619]

[0620] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (1.90 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-2 was used and treated by the same techniques as in
Example 1-1(1) to (3) to give tert-butyl N-{[5-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-8-hydroxy-6-oxo-2-oxa-5-azaspiro[3.5]non-7-en-7-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a pale brown solid (2.67 g).
1H NMR (200 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.43 - 1.52 (m, 9 H) 3.01 - 3.23 (m, 2 H) 3.94
- 4.11 (m, 2 H) 4.37 - 4.62 (m, 2 H) 4.74 - 4.93 (m, 2 H) 5.06 - 5.21 (m, 2 H) 7.24
- 7.50 (m, 5 H) 7.51 - 7.62 (m, 4 H) 9.95 - 10.57 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 501[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0621] To a solution in chloroform (20.0 mL) of the compound (2.60 g) obtained in step (1)
above, trifluoroacetic acid (8.00 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 12 hours. After concentrating under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate
was added to the residue. With continued stirring, n-hexane was added and the precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a pale brown solid (2.18
g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 3.08 - 3.28 (m, 2 H) 3.93 - 4.12 (m, 2 H) 4.45 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 4.74 (d,
J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 5.01 - 5.18 (m, 2 H) 7.26 - 7.52 (m, 5 H) 7.57 - 7.71 (m, 4 H) 9.80
- 10.34 (m, 1 H) 12.89 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 423[M+H]
+.
Example 1-3
N-({4-Hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0622]

(1) Synthesis oftert-butyl N-({4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glylcinate
[0623]

[0624] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (1.12 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-3 was used and treated by the same techniques as in
Example 1-1(1) to (3) to give tert-butyl N-({4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a colorless solid (704 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.04 - 1.16 (m, 3 H) 1.42 - 1.56 (m, 9 H) 2.61
- 2.76 (m, 1 H) 2.93 - 3.07 (m, 1 H) 3.26 - 3.38 (m, 1 H) 3.97 - 4.04 (m, 2 H) 4.50
- 4.68 (m, 2 H) 7.11 - 7.33 (m, 4 H) 10.13 - 10.57 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 481[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 457[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of N-({4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycine
[0625]

[0626] To the compound (1.12 g) obtained in step (1) above, a solution (10.0 mL) of 4 mol/L
hydrochloride in 1,4-dioxane was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 16 hours. After being concentrated under reduced pressure, the reaction mixture
was purified by preparative HPLC to give N-({4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycine
as a colorless amorphous mass (482 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.07 - 1.19 (m, 3 H) 2.53 - 2.78 (m, 1 H) 2.98
- 3.10 (m, 1 H) 3.33 - 3.41 (m, 1 H) 4.15 - 4.23 (m, 2 H) 4.56 - 4.70 (m, 2 H) 7.15
- 7.23 (m, 2 H) 7.27 - 7.34 (m, 2 H) 10.13 - 10.50 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 403[M+H]
+, 425[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 401[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0627] To a solution in methanol (3.00 mL) of the compound (321 mg) obtained in step (2)
above, 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution (0.798 mL) was added and the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure. To the resulting residue, isopropyl alcohol was added and
thereafter the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a pale yellow solid (205
mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, METHANOL-d
4) δ ppm 1.10 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 3 H) 2.56 - 2.73 (m, 1 H) 3.06 (dd, J=12.6, 7.9 Hz, 1 H)
3.44 (dd, J=12.6, 5.7 Hz, 1 H) 3.89 (s, 2H) 4.58 (d, J=14.9 Hz, 1 H) 4.70 (d, J=14.9
Hz, 1 H) 7.16 - 7.30 (m, 2 H) 7.36 - 7.47 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 425[M+Na]
+.
Example 1-4
sodium N-[(1-{[6-(4-Chlorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycinate
[0628]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-[(1-{[6-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glylcinate
[0629]

[0630] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (1.15 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-246 was used and treated by the same techniques as
in Example 1-1(1) to (3) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-[(1-{[6-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycinate
as a pale yellow gum (1.02 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.50 - 2.67 (m, 2 H) 3.27 - 3.38
(m, 2 H) 3.95 - 4.07 (m, 2 H) 4.56 (s, 2 H) 6.88 - 6.94 (m, 1 H) 7.04 - 7.14 (m, 2
H) 7.31 - 7.41 (m, 2 H) 7.63 - 7.74 (m, 1 H) 8.04 - 8.09 (m, 1 H) 10.07 - 10.51 (m,
1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 510[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 486[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of N-[(1-{[6-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine
[0631] To the compound (1.02 g) obtained in step (1) above, a solution (10.0 mL) of 4 mol/L
hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at
room temperature. The resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration and the solid
obtained was heated upon addition of ethyl acetate. After adding acetonitrile, the
mixture was cooled to room temperature and stirred at that temperature. The resulting
precipitate was recovered by filtration to give a colorless solid (645 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.50 - 2.74 (m, 2 H) 3.37 - 3.49 (m, 2 H) 3.96 - 4.08 (m, 2 H) 4.48 - 4.62
(m, 2 H) 7.05 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H) 7.14 - 7.20 (m, 2 H) 7.42 - 7.49 (m, 2 H) 7.79 (dd,
J=8.4, 2.5 Hz, 1 H) 8.07 - 8.14 (m, 1 H) 9.94 - 10.26 (m, 1 H) 12.87 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 432[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 430[M-H]
-.
(3) Crystallization of N-[(1-{[6-(4-chlorophenoxy)-3-pyridinyl]methyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine
[0632] To the compound (30 mg) obtained in step (2) above, a liquid mixture of water and
ethanol (5:4) was added and the resulting mixture was heated on a hot water bath with
80°C until it turned to solution, which was thereafter left to stand overnight at
room temperature. The solvent was distilled off under a nitrogen stream to give a
colorless solid (30 mg).
m.p.: 191°C
(4) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0633] To a solution in acetone of the compound (645 mg) obtained in step (2) above, 1 mol/L
sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution (1.50 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 30 minutes. The resulting precipitate was recovered by filtration
to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (543 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.53 - 2.59 (m, 2 H) 3.34 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.48-3.60 (m, 2 H) 4.52 (s, 2
H) 7.04 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H) 7.12 - 7.21 (m, 2 H) 7.36 - 7.50 (m, 2 H) 7.79 (dd, J=8.4,
2.5 Hz, 1 H) 8.09 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) 10.08 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 432[M+H]
+.
MS ESI nega: 430[M-H]
-.
Example 1-465
N-{[1-(4-Biphenylylmethyl)-6-(chloromethyl)-4-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine
[0635]

[0636] The compound (1.70 g) obtained in Example 1-2(1) was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 1-1(4) to give the titled compound as a pale brown amorphous
mass (363 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.61 - 3.08 (m, 2 H) 3.45 - 3.66 (m, 2 H) 3.70 - 3.93 (m, 2 H) 3.96 - 4.10
(m, 2 H) 4.69 - 4.90 (m, 2 H) 5.46 (br. s., 1 H) 7.28 - 7.51 (m, 5 H) 7.54 - 7.70
(m, 4 H) 9.89 - 10.31 (m, 1 H) 12.73 - 13.04 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 459[M+H]
+.
Example 1-466
N-{[1-(3-Chloro-4-hydroxybenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine
disodium
[0637]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-[(1-{3-chloro-4-[(3,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)methoxy]benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycinate
[0638]

[0639] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (1.36 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-301 was used and treated by the same techniques as
in Example 1-1(1) to (3) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-[(1-{3-chloro-4-[(3,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)methoxy]benzyl}-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycinate
as a pale yellow gum (1.07 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.32 (s, 3 H) 2.41 (s, 3 H) 2.51
- 2.66 (m, 2 H) 3.27 - 3.39 (m, 2 H) 4.01 - 4.06 (m, 2 H) 4.54 (s, 2 H) 4.84 - 4.88
(m, 2 H) 6.90 - 6.97 (m, 1 H) 7.16 (dd, J=8.4, 2.2 Hz, 1 H) 7.29 - 7.34 (m, 1 H) 10.13
- 10.51 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 520[M+H]
+, 542[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 518[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0640] The compound (1.07 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Example 1-1(4) and Example 1-3(3) to give the titled compound as
a colorless solid (454 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.12 - 2.22 (m, 2 H) 3.02 - 3.10 (m, 2 H) 3.46 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 2 H) 4.37 (s,
2 H) 6.85 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H) 6.96 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.12 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1 H)
10.04 - 10.16 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 355[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 353[M-H]
-.
Example 1-467
N-({1-[4-(4,4-difluoro-1-cyclohexen-1-yl)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0641]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({1-[4-(4,4-difluoro-1-hydroxycyclohexyl)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0642]

[0643] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (583 mg)
obtained in Reference Example B-18 was used and treated by the same techniques as
in Examples 1-1(1) to (3) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({1-[4-(4,4-difluoro-1-hydroxycyclohexyl)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a colorless solid (226 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 1.82 - 1.94 (m, 2 H) 2.07 - 2.42
(m, 6 H) 2.62 (s, 2 H) 3.30 - 3.39 (m, 2 H) 4.01 - 4.06 (m, 2 H) 4.61 (s, 2 H) 7.25
- 7.30 (m, 2 H) 7.43 - 7.50 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 517[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 493[M-H]
-, 529[M+Cl]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0644] The compound (226 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Example 1-1(4) and Example 1-3(3) to give the titled compound as
a colorless solid (129 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.04 - 2.30 (m, 4 H) 2.59 - 2.80 (m, 4 H) 3.24 - 3.32 (m, 2 H) 3.47 (d, J=4.4
Hz, 2 H) 4.55 (s, 2 H) 5.95 - 6.04 (m, 1 H) 7.25 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H) 7.41 (d, J=8.3
Hz, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 421[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 419[M-H]
-.
Example 1-468
N-({1-[4-(Cyclopropylmethoxy)-3-methylbenzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0645]

(1) Synthesis of ethyl N-({1-[4-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-3-methylbenzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0646]

Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1 and glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride,
the compound (2.10 g) obtained in Reference Example A-302 and glycine ethyl hydrochloride
(956 mg) were respectively used and treated by the same techniques as in Example 1-1(1)
to (3) to give ethyl N-({1-[4-(cyclopropylmethoxy)-3-methylbenzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a yellow oil (2.01 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.29 - 0.40 (m, 2 H) 0.54 - 0.68 (m, 2 H) 1.19
- 1.37 (m, 4 H) 2.16 - 2.26 (m, 3 H) 2.44 - 2.64 (m, 2 H) 3.23 - 3.35 (m, 2 H) 3.75
- 3.85 (m, 2 H) 4.05 - 4.17 (m, 2 H) 4.24 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 4.47 - 4.54 (m, 2 H)
6.67 - 6.79 (m, 1 H) 6.98 - 7.08 (m, 2 H) 10.11 - 10.60 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 417[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0647] To a solution in ethanol (37.8 mL) of the compound (1.97 g) obtained in step (1)
above, 0.5 mol/L sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution (18.9 mL) was added under cooling
with ice and the mixture was brought to room temperature at which it was stirred for
15 minutes. After the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, the
resulting residue was purified by DIAION (registered trademark) HP20 column chromatography
(with elution by methanol). The eluted fraction was concentrated under reduced pressure
and to a solution of the resulting compound in water (2 mL), acetone (100 mL) was
added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour. The precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (1.60
g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 0.25 - 0.38 (m, 2 H) 0.47 - 0.61 (m, 2 H) 1.11 - 1.28 (m, 1 H) 2.13 (s, 3
H) 2.34 - 2.50 (m, 2 H) 3.15 - 3.29 (m, 2 H) 3.51 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2 H) 3.73-3.86 (m,
2 H) 4.44 (s, 2 H) 6.84 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.00 - 7.06 (m, 2 H) 10.12 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 389[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 387[M-H]
-.
Example 2-1
N-({4-Hydroxy-1-[(4'-methylbiphenyl-4-yl)methyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycine
[0648]

(1) Synthesis oftert-butyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-iodobenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0649]

[0650] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (6.50 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-4 was used and treated by the same techniques as in
Example 1-1(1) to (3) to give tert-butyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-iodobenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a colorless solid (7.01 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.48 (s, 9 H) 2.49 - 2.65 (m, 2 H) 3.24 - 3.42
(m, 2 H) 3.97 - 4.08 (m, 2 H) 4.56 (s, 2 H) 6.98 - 7.08 (m, 2 H) 7.57 - 7.75 (m, 2
H) 10.13 - 10.51 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 487[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 485[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of tert-butyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[(4'-methylbiphenyl-4-yl)methyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0651]

[0652] A mixture of the compound (300 mg) obtained in step (1) above, 4-methylphenylboronic
acid (168 mg), palladium(II) acetate (6.93 mg), tri(2-methylphenyl)phosphine (18.8
mg), tripotassium phosphate (393 mg), ethanol (8.00 mL) and toluene (4.00 mL) was
stirred at 90°C for an hour. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature,
a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added and the resulting mixture
was concentrated under reduced pressure. Water was added and three extractions were
conducted with chloroform. The combined organic layers were passed through a phase
separator and thereafter concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-50:50,
then chloroform:methanol = 100:0-90:10) to give tert-butyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[(4'-methylbiphenyl-4-yl)methyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a pale yellow solid (485 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.39 (s, 3 H) 2.53 - 2.65 (m, 2
H) 3.37 (m, 2 H) 4.00 - 4.08 (m, 2 H) 4.66 (s, 2 H) 7.25 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2 H) 7.32 (d,
J=7.8 Hz, 2 H) 7.44 - 7.50 (m, 2 H) 7.51 - 7.58 (m, 2 H) 10.22 - 10.49 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 473[M+Na]
+.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0653] The compound (147 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 1-1(4) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (111
mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.33 (s, 3 H) 2.46 - 2.72 (m, 2 H) 3.36 - 3.46 (m, 2 H) 3.98 - 4.07 (m, 2
H) 4.57 - 4.67 (m, 2 H) 7.23 - 7.29 (m, 2 H) 7.32 - 7.40 (m, 2 H) 7.50 - 7.57 (m,
2 H) 7.58 - 7.65 (m, 2 H) 10.01 - 10.25 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 395[M+I]
+, 417[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 393[M-1]
-.
Example 2-2
N-({4-Hydroxy-1-[4-(3-methoxy-4-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0654]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(3-methoxy-4-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0655]

[0656] A mixture of the compound (1.50 g) obtained in Example 2-1(1), 3-methoxy-4-pyridineboronic
acid pinacol ester (870 mg), [1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium(II) dichloride
dichloromethane complex (1:1) (126 mg), 2 mol/L sodium carbonate in aqueous solution
(3.4 mL) and N,N-dimethylformamide (12.3 mL) was stirred at 120°C for 20 minutes under
irradiation with microwaves. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature,
a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate and ethyl acetate were added
and the precipitate was recovered by filtration through Celite (registered trademark).
Extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 20:80-0:100, then chloroform:methanol = 100:0-80:20) to
give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(3-methoxy-4-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a yellow amorphous mass (1.24 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.52 - 2.69 (m, 2 H) 3.32 - 3.45
(m, 2 H) 3.92 (s, 3 H) 4.00 - 4.07 (m, 2 H) 4.67 (s, 2 H) 7.22 - 7.26 (m, 2 H) 7.32
- 7.38 (m, 2 H) 7.50 - 7.60 (m, 2 H) 8.28 - 8.35 (m, 1 H) 10.18 - 10.50 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 468[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0657] The compound (1.24 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Example 1-2(2) and Example 1-3(3) to give the titled compound as
a colorless solid (730 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.46 - 2.61 (m, 2 H) 3.35 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 3.56 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2 H) 3.89
(s, 3 H) 4.61 (s, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.44 (m, 3 H) 7.50 - 7.60 (m, 2 H) 8.22-8.33 (m, 1 H)
8.45 (s, 1 H) 10.08 - 10.21 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 412[M+H]
+.
Example 2-3
N-({4-Hydroxy-1-[4-(2-methoxy-3-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0658]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(2-methoxy-3-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0659]

[0660] A mixture of the compound (1.00 g) obtained in Example 2-1(1), 2-methoxypyridine-3-boronic
acid (426 mg), palladium(II) acetate (25.0 mg), tripotassium phosphate (987 mg) and
ethylene glycol (12 mL) was stirred in a sealed tube at 80°C for 4 hours. After cooling
the reaction mixture to room temperature, water and ethyl acetate were added and the
precipitate was recovered by filtration through Celite (registered trademark). Extraction
was conducted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-20:80) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(2-methoxy-3-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a yellow oil (1.10 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.52 - 2.68 (m, 2 H) 3.33 - 3.42
(m, 2 H) 3.97 (s, 3 H) 4.00 - 4.08 (m, 2 H) 4.66 (s, 2 H) 6.93 - 7.01 (m, 1 H) 7.29
- 7.36 (m, 2 H) 7.46 - 7.65 (m, 3 H) 8.09 - 8.21 (m, 1 H) 10.15 - 10.53 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 490[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 466[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0661] The compound (1.10 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Example 1-2(2) and Example 1-3(3) to give the titled compound as
a colorless solid (461 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.41 - 2.61 (m, 2 H) 3.40 - 3.49 (m, 2 H) 3.87 (s, 3 H) 4.60 (s, 2 H) 7.05
- 7.12 (m, 1 H) 7.29 - 7.39 (m, 2 H) 7.48 - 7.57 (m, 2 H) 7.70 - 7.77 (m, 1 H) 8.13
- 8.20 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 412[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 410[M-H]
-.
Example 2-4
N-({4-Hydroxy-1-[4-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0662]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0663]

[0664] A mixture of the compound (1.00 g) obtained in Example 2-1(1), 2-picoline-5-boronic
acid pinacol ester (541 mg), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (238 mg), potassium
carbonate (569 mg), toluene (10 mL), ethanol (2 mL) and water (2 mL) was stirred at
80°C for 4 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, the precipitate
was removed by passage through Celite (registered trademark) and the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-30:70) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl
N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(6-methyl-3-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
(560 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.51 - 2.69 (m, 5 H) 3.31 - 3.44
(m, 2 H) 4.00 - 4.07 (m, 2 H) 4.67 (s, 2 H) 7.17 - 7.26 (m, 1 H) 7.37 (d, J=8.2 Hz,
2 H) 7.48 - 7.59 (m, 2 H) 7.72 - 7.81 (m, 1 H) 8.67 - 8.77 (m, 1 H) 10.15 - 10.53
(m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 452[M+H]
+, 474[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 450[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0665] The compound (560 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Example 1-2(2) and Example 1-3(3) to give the titled compound as
a colorless solid (254 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.36 - 2.55 (m, 5 H) 3.21 - 3.34 (m, 2 H) 3.50 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2 H) 4.60 (s,
2 H) 7.26 - 7.45 (m, 3 H) 7.59 - 7.71 (m, 2 H) 7.89 - 7.99 (m, 1 H) 8.73 (d, J=2.0
Hz, 1 H) 10.01 - 10.22 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 396[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 394[M-H]
-.
Example 2-5
N-({4-Hydroxy-1-[4-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0666]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0667]

A mixture of the compound (2.00 g) obtained in Example 2-1(1), 5-methylpyridine-2-boronic
acid N-phenyldiethanolamine ester (2.32 g), potassium carbonate (1.14 g), copper(I)
iodide (313 mg), tri(2-methylphenyl)phosphine (250 mg), palladium(II) acetate (46
mg) and tetrahydrofuran (28.8 mL) was stirred at 95°C for 4 hours. After cooling the
reaction mixture to room temperature, ethyl acetate was added and the precipitate
was removed by passage through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 80:20-0:100) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl
N-({4-hydroxy-1-[4-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)benzyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a colorless amorphous mass (1.00 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.37 (s, 3 H) 2.47 - 2.68 (m, 2
H) 3.25 - 3.40 (m, 2 H) 4.00 - 4.07 (m, 2 H) 4.67 (s, 2 H) 7.31 - 7.42 (m, 2 H) 7.52
- 7.66 (m, 2 H) 7.87 - 7.99 (m, 2 H) 8.45 - 8.59 (m, 1 H) 10.14 - 10.53 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 452[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0668] The compound (1.00 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Example 1-2(2) and Example 1-3(3) to give the titled compound as
a colorless solid (505 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.29 (s, 3 H) 2.43 - 2.59 (m, 2 H) 3.22 - 3.56 (m, 4 H) 4.58 (s, 2 H) 7.28
- 7.39 (m, 2 H) 7.60 - 7.69 (m, 1 H) 7.75 - 7.85 (m, 1 H) 7.94 - 8.04 (m, 2 H) 8.45
(s, 1 H) 9.87 - 10.31 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 396[M+H]
+.
Example 2-55
N-({4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-1-[(4'-sulfamoyl-4-biphenylyl)methyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
[0670]

(1) Synthesis of N-{[4-hydroxy-(4-iodobenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl
glycine
[0671]

[0672] To the compound (5.00 g) obtained in Example 2-1(1), a solution (50 mL) of 4 mol/L
hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added and the mixture was stirred at 70°C for
three hours. The reaction mixture was cooled with ice and the resulting precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-iodobenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine
as a colorless solid (3.37 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.65 (br. s., 2 H) 3.37 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 4.02 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H) 4.53 (s,
2 H) 7.11 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H) 7.62 - 7.81 (m, 2 H) 10.03 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 453[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 429[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0673] The compound (100 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 2-2(1) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow solid
(45.9 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.65 - 2.75 (m, 2 H) 3.37 - 3.49 (m, 2 H) 3.96 - 4.11 (m, 2 H) 4.59 - 4.71
(m, 2 H) 7.33 - 7.44 (m, 4 H) 7.68 - 7.76 (m, 2 H) 7.81 - 7.93 (m, 4 H) 9.88 - 10.33
(m, 1 H) 12.85 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 460[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 458[M-H]
-.
[0674] The compounds of the following Examples 2-56 to 2-61 were synthesized from commercial
grades of the corresponding boronic acid analogs by the method described in Example
2-55 or modifications thereof. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their
NMR and MS data are shown in Table 22-9.

Example 3-1
N-{[1-(4-Cyclopentylbenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
sodium salt
[0675]

(1) Synthesis of tert-butyl N-{[1-(4-cyclopentylbenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0676]

[0677] Indium(III) chloride (768 mg) was dried under reduced pressure while it was heated
with a thermal gun. After being left to cool to room temperature, the reaction system
was internally purged with argon. To the reaction system, dehydrated tetrahydrofuran
(20.0 mL) was added and with stirring at -80°C, cyclopentyl magnesium bromide (2.0
mol/L, solution in diethyl ether, 5.23 mL) was added dropwise. After being stirred
at that temperature for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was brought to room temperature
and stirred for 45 minutes. The compound (1.50 g) obtained in Example 2-1(1) and bis(tri-tert-butylphosphine)palladium(0)
(788 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred at an external temperature of 75°C
for two hours. After standing to cool to room temperature, methanol (5.00 mL) was
added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. After concentrating under reduced
pressure, chloroform (30.0 mL) was added and the insoluble matter was removed by passage
through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC and further purified
twice by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:ethyl acetate = 100:0-85:15)
to give tert-butyl N-{[1-(4-cyclopentylbenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a pale brown oil (600 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.49 (s, 9 H) 1.51 - 1.61 (m, 2 H) 1.64 - 1.73
(m, 2 H) 1.75 - 1.84 (m, 2 H) 2.01 - 2.10 (m, 2 H) 2.48 - 2.62 (m, 2 H) 2.93 - 3.03
(m, 1 H) 3.28 - 3.38 (m, 2 H) 3.97 - 4.06 (m, 2 H) 4.58 (s, 2 H) 7.14 - 7.24 (m, 4
H) 10.19 - 10.46 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 451[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0678] The compound (590 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used as a starting material
and treated by the same techniques as in Example 1-3(2) and (3) to give the titled
compound as an orange solid (118 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.46 - 1.55 (m, 2 H) 1.58 - 1.68 (m, 2 H) 1.70 - 1.80 (m, 2 H) 1.93 - 2.03
(m, 2 H) 2.48 - 2.60 (m, 2 H) 2.89 - 2.98 (m, 1 H) 3.27 - 3.34 (m, 2 H) 3.62 - 3.68
(m, 2 H) 4.52 (s, 2 H) 7.13 - 7.25 (m, 4 H) 10.01 - 10.22 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 373[M+H]
+.
MS ESI nega: 371 [M-H]
-.
Example 3-2
N-{[1-(4-Cyclopropylbenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
sodium salt
[0679]

[0680] Instead of cyclopentyl magnesium bromide (2.0 mol/L, solution in diethyl ether),
cyclopropyl magnesium bromide (about 0.7 mol/L, solution in tetrahydrofuran) was used
and treated by the same technique as in Example 3-1 to give the titled compound as
a pale gray solid (527 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 0.60 - 0.67 (m, 2 H) 0.88 - 0.96 (m, 2 H) 1.81 - 1.95 (m, 1 H) 2.47 - 2.54
(m, 2 H) 3.20 - 3.30 (m, 2 H) 3.47 - 3.54 (m, 2 H) 4.50 (s, 2 H) 6.97 - 7.08 (m, 2
H) 7.10 - 7.19 (m, 2 H) 10.08 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 345[M+H]
+, 367[M+Na]
+.
Example 4-1
N-{[1-(2,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}
glycine
[0681]

(1) Synthesis of ethyl N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoyl)-β-alaninate
[0682]

[0683] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound obtained
in Reference Example A-6 (8.05 g) was used as a starting material and treated by the
same technique as in Example 1-1(1) to give a mixture (13.0 g) containing ethyl N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-N-(3-ethoxy-3-oxo-propanoyl)-β-alaninate.
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 382[M+H]
+, 404[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of ethyl 1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-carboxylate
[0684]

[0685] To a solution in ethanol (160 mL) of the mixture (13.0 g) obtained in step (1) above,
sodium ethoxide (about 20%, solution in ethanol, 20.8 mL) was added and the resulting
mixture was stirred at an external temperature of 85°C for two hours. After cooling
to room temperature, ethyl acetate and 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid were added. Extraction
was conducted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were washed with
saturated brine. After drying over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and removing the desiccant
by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate =
95:5-5:95) to give ethyl 1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-carboxylate
as a brown oil (8.20 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 2.55 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H)
3.33 - 3.44 (m, 2 H) 3.75 - 3.85 (m, 6 H) 4.38 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 4.57 (s, 2 H) 6.37
- 6.50 (m, 2 H) 7.20 - 7.26 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 336[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 334[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl N-{[1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0686]

[0687] To a solution in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4.60 mL) of the compound (311 mg) obtained
in step (2) above, the compound (195 mg) obtained in Reference Example E-1 was added
and the mixture was refluxed for two hours. After being cooled to room temperature,
the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by silica
gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 95:5-65:35) gave 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl
N-{[1-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a pale yellow oil (283 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm -0.03 - 0.01 (m, 9 H) 0.97 - 1.07 (m, 2 H) 2.48-2.62
(m, 2 H) 3.33 - 3.43 (m, 2 H) 3.76 - 3.84 (m, 6 H) 4.03 - 4.13 (m, 2 H) 4.22-4.29
(m, 2 H) 4.52 - 4.59 (m, 2 H) 6.41 - 6.50 (m, 2 H) 7.11 - 7.23 (m, 1 H).
(4) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0688] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (3.00 mL) of the compound (283 mg) obtained in step
(3) above, tetrabutylammonium fluoride hydrate (1 mol/L, solution in tetrahydrofuran,
0.609 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours.
More tetrabutylammonium fluoride hydrate (1 mol/L, solution in tetrahydrofuran, 0.609
mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24.5 hours. The
solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 100:0-80:20). To a solution
in ethanol of the resulting residue, water was added and the mixture was stirred for
60 hours. After cooling to 0°C, the precipitate was recovered by filtration to give
the titled compound as a colorless solid (163 mg).
1H NMR (200 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.36 - 2.74 (m, 2 H) 3.22 - 3.43 (m, 2 H) 3.75 (s, 3 H) 3.79 (s, 3 H) 3.99
(d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) 4.37 - 4.52 (m, 2 H) 6.35 - 6.63 (m, 2 H) 7.07 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1
H) 9.91 - 10.22 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 365[M+H]
+, 387[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 363[M-H]
-.
Example 4-2
N-({4-Hydroxy-2-oxo-1-[4-(prop-2-en-l-yloxy)benzyl]-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl}carbonyl)glycine
[0689]

[0690] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-6, the compound obtained
in Reference Example A-7 (1.34 g) was used as a starting material and treated by the
same technique as in Example 4-1 to give the titled compound as a colorless solid
(115 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.48 - 2.69 (m, 2 H) 3.24 - 3.40 (m, 2 H) 4.12
- 4.24 (m, 2 H) 4.47 - 4.61 (m, 4 H) 5.24 - 5.34 (m, 1 H) 5.35 - 5.47 (m, 1 H) 6.05
(ddt, J=17.3, 10.5, 5.2 Hz, 1 H) 6.84 - 6.93 (m, 2 H) 7.14 - 7.23 (m, 2 H) 10.06 -
10.49 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 361[M+H]
+, 383[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 359[M-H]
-.
Example 4-3
N-{[4-Hydroxy-1-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycine
[0691]

(1) Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl N-({1-[4-(allyloxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}
carbonyl)glycinate
[0692]

[0693] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-6, the compound (1.34 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-7 was used as a starting material and treated by the
same techniques as in Example 4-1(1) to (3) to give 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl N-({1-[4-(allyloxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a pale yellow oil (1.16 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.05 (s, 9 H) 0.97 - 1.09 (m, 2 H) 2.45 - 2.64
(m, 2 H) 3.25 - 3.37 (m, 2 H) 4.05 - 4.16 (m, 2 H) 4.23 - 4.32 (m, 2 H) 4.50 - 4.56
(m, 4 H) 5.24 - 5.34 (m, 1 H) 5.35 - 5.47 (m, 1 H) 6.05 (ddt, J=17.3, 10.6, 5.3, 5.3
Hz, 1 H) 6.83 - 6.93 (m, 2 H) 7.14 - 7.22 (m, 2 H) 10.19 - 10.53 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 461[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 459[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0694]

[0695] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (3.8 mL) of the compound (520 mg) obtained in step
(1) above, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (261 mg) and morpholine (492 µL)
were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 22.5 hours. After concentrating
under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 85:15-55:45) to give 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a pale yellow oil (362 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.05 (s, 9 H) 0.96 - 1.12 (m, 2 H) 2.46 - 2.66
(m, 2 H) 3.24 - 3.37 (m, 2 H) 4.05 - 4.16 (m, 2 H) 4.22 - 4.35 (m, 2 H) 4.54 (s, 2
H) 6.74 - 6.86 (m, 2 H) 7.10 - 7.19 (m, 2 H) 10.16 - 10.49 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 421[M+H]
+, 443[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 419[M-H]
-, 455[M+Cl]
-.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0696] The compound (362 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in 4-1(4) to give the titled compound as a colorless amorphous mass (138
mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.38 - 2.71 (m, 2 H) 3.25 - 3.36 (m, 2 H) 3.96 - 4.09 (m, 2 H) 4.39 - 4.54
(m, 2 H) 6.65 - 6.79 (m, 2 H) 7.04 - 7.15 (m, 2 H) 9.25 - 9.46 (m, 1 H) 10.01 - 10.26
(m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 343[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 319[M-H]
-.
Example 5-1 and Example 5-2
N-{[(5S)-1-(Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
sodium salt (Example 5-1)
N-{[(5R)-1-(Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
sodium salt (Example 5-2)
[0697]

The compound (2.00 g) obtained in Example 1-22 was isolated and purified by optical
preparative HPLC to give a less polar isomer (956 mg, 99.9%ee) and a more polar isomer
(861 mg, 94.1%ee). To a solution of the resulting less polar isomer (956 mg) in acetone,
1 mol/L sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution (2.42 mL) was added. The resulting precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound of Example 5-1 as a colorless
solid (560 mg, 99.9%ee). The aforementioned more polar isomer (861 mg) was likewise
treated using 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution (2.18 mL) to give the titled
compound of Example 5-2 as a colorless solid (393 mg, 98.7%ee). The compounds of Examples
5-1 and 5-2 were respectively converted to the compounds described in Reference Examples
X-1 and X-2 cited hereinafter and the absolute configuration at position 5 of the
2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine ring of each isomer was determined by X-ray crystallography.
N-{[(5S)-1-(Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
sodium salt (Example 5-1)
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.03 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3 H) 2.55 - 2.74 (m, 1 H) 2.96-3.12 (m, 1 H) 3.37 - 3.47
(m, 1 H) 3.53 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2 H) 4.45 - 4.73 (m, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.40 (m, 3 H) 7.41 -
7.50 (m, 2 H) 7.59 - 7.70 (m, 4 H) 10.18 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 395[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 393[M-H]
-.
Optical HPLC retention time: 9.136 min.
N-{[(SR)-1-(Biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
sodium salt (Example 5-2)
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.03 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3 H) 2.56 - 2.74 (m, 1 H) 2.97-3.13 (m, 1 H) 3.37 - 3.47
(m, 1 H) 3.53 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2 H) 4.45 - 4.73 (m, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.40 (m, 3 H) 7.40 -
7.50 (m, 2 H) 7.59 - 7.72 (m, 4 H) 10.18 (br. s., 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 395[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 393[M-H]
-.
Optical HPLC retention time: 9.705 min.
Example 6-1
N-{[1-(4-Biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1-azaspiro[[4.4]non-3-en-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
[0698]

(1) Synthesis of methyl 1-{(4-biphenylylmethyl)[3-({2-[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-2-oxoethyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoyl]amino}cyclopentanecarboxylate
[0699]

[0700] Instead of monobenzyl malonate and glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride, the compound
(300 mg) obtained in Reference Example G-1 and the compound (513 mg) obtained in Reference
Example A-306 were respectively used and treated by the same technique as in Reference
Example G-1(1) to give methyl 1-{(4-biphenylylmethyl)[3-({2-[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-2-oxoethyl}amino)-3-oxopropanoyl]amino}cyclopentanecarboxylate
as a colorless solid (478 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.47 (s, 9 H) 1.60 - 1.68 (m, 2 H) 1.71 - 1.80
(m, 2 H) 1.84 - 1.92 (m, 2 H) 2.44 - 2.50 (m, 2 H) 3.32 (s, 2 H) 3.76 (s, 3 H) 3.93
(d, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H) 4.73 (s, 2 H) 7.33 - 7.47 (m, 5 H) 7.56 - 7.63 (m, 4 H) 7.81 -
7.88 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI posi: 531 [M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0701] To a solution in ethanol (5.31 mL) of the compound (270 mg) obtained in step (1)
above, cesium carbonate (346 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for an hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and 1 mol/L
hydrochloric acid was added to the resulting residue. Extraction was conducted with
ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. To a solution of the resulting concentrate (253 mg) in chloroform (4.88
mL), trifluoroacetic acid (2.44 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 15 hours. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the residue
was recrystallized with a liquid mixture of n-hexane and ethyl acetate and the precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (335
g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.67 - 1.84 (m, 6 H) 1.84 - 1.92 (m, 2 H) 3.97 - 4.02 (m, 2 H) 4.58 (s, 2
H) 7.33 - 7.40 (m, 3 H) 7.43 - 7.48 (m, 2 H) 7.61 - 7.67 (m, 4 H) 8.34 - 8.41 (m,
1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 421 [M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 419[M-H]
-.
Example 6-2
N-({(6S)-1-[4-(Cyclopropylmethoxy)benzyl]-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
sodium salt
[0702]

[0703] To a solution of the compound (400 mg) of Reference Example G-3 in ethyl acetate
(7.07 mL), the compound of Reference Example A-307 (392 mg), triethylamine (428 mg)
and propylphosphonic acid anhydride (cyclic trimer) (50%, solution in ethyl acetate,
1.35g) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours. To
the reaction mixture, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate was
added and extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers
were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration
and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting
residue (708 mg) in ethanol (7.07 mL), cesium carbonate (919 mg) was added and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for two hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under reduced pressure and 1 mol/L hydrochloric acid was added to the resulting residue.
Extraction was conducted with chloroform and the combined organic layers were dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate
was concentrated under reduced pressure. To a solution of the resulting residue (650
mg) in methanol (2.82 mL), 2 mol/L sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution (1.41 mL)
was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. To the reaction
mixture, 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid was added and after the resulting mixture was dissolved
in N,N-dimethylformamide, purification was conducted by preparative HPLC. To a solution
of the resulting purified product (170 mg) in acetone (4.37 mL), 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide
in aqueous solution (437 µL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and reduced
to powder with n-hexane, giving the titled compound as a colorless solid (180 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 0.26 - 0.35 (m, 2 H) 0.51 - 0.61 (m, 2 H) 1.08 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3 H) 1.13 - 1.28
(m, 1 H) 2.12 - 2.26 (m, 1 H) 2.75 - 2.93 (m, 1 H) 3.51 - 3.60 (m, 1 H) 3.60 - 3.66
(m, 2 H) 3.78 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2 H) 4.05 (d, J=14.9 Hz, 1 H) 4.92 (d, J=14.9 Hz, 1 H)
6.84 - 6.92 (m, 2 H) 7.17 - 7.26 (m, 2 H) 10.07 (br. s, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 389[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 387[M-H]
-.
Example 7-1
N-{[9-Benzoyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
[0705]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl 4-[(4-biphenylylmethyl)(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoyl)amino]-4-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-piperidinecarboxylate
[0706]

[0707] To a solution of the compound of Reference Example A-344 (3.14 g) and triethylamine
(1.50 mL) in ethyl acetate (100 mL), ethyl malonyl chloride (1.22 mL) was added at
0°C and thereafter the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The
insoluble matter was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under
reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 90:10-50:50) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl 4-[(4-biphenylylmethyl)(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoyl)amino]-4-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)-1-piperidinearboxylate
as a colorless amorphous mass (3.36 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H) 1.38 (s, 9 H) 1.68 - 1.79
(m, 2 H) 2.69 - 2.81 (m, 2 H) 2.82 - 2.96 (m, 2 H) 3.29 - 3.37 (m, 2 H) 3.39 (s, 2
H) 3.72 (s, 3 H) 3.80 - 4.04 (m, 2 H) 4.17 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H) 4.73 (s, 2 H) 7.27 -
7.31 (m, 2 H) 7.34-7.38 (m, 1 H) 7.43 - 7.47 (m, 2 H) 7.56 - 7.63 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 575[M+Na]
+.
(2) Synthesis of 3-ethyl 9-(2-methyl-2-propanyl) 1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-ene-3,9-dicarboxylate
[0708]

[0709] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (70 mL) of the mixture (3.35 g) obtained in step
(1) above, sodium ethoxide (about 20%, solution in ethanol, 2.5 mL) was added and
the mixture was stirred with heating under reflux for 4 hours. After cooling to room
temperature, 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid was added and extraction was conducted with
ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate.
The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 90:10-40:60) to give 3-ethyl 9-(2-methyl-2-propanyl) 1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-ene-3,9-dicarboxylate
as a colorless amorphous mass (1.87 g).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.41 - 1.46 (m, 12 H) 1.57 (s, 2 H) 1.64-1.75
(m, 2 H) 1.83 - 1.99 (m, 2 H) 2.75 - 2.88 (m, 4 H) 3.91 - 4.18 (m, 2 H) 4.39 - 4.45
(m, 2 H) 4.64 - 4.95 (m, 2 H) 7.30 - 7.35 (m, 3 H) 7.40 - 7.44 (m, 2 H) 7.49 - 7.53
(m, 2 H) 7.55 - 7.58 (m, 2 H) 14.00 - 14.18 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 521[M+H]
+, 543[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 519[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of ethyl 1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-ene-3-carboxylate
hydrochloride
[0710]

To the compound (1.70 g) obtained in step (2) above, a solution (10 mL) of 4 mol/L
hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature
for 68 hours. After concentrating under reduced pressure, the resulting residue was
crystallized with a liquid mixture of diethyl ether and ethyl acetate to give ethyl
1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-ene-3-carboxylate
hydrochloride as a colorless solid (983 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.40 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 1.68 - 1.82 (m, 2 H) 2.55
- 2.66 (m, 2 H) 2.79 - 2.87 (m, 2 H) 2.95 - 3.12 (m, 2 H) 3.36 - 3.43 (m, 2 H) 4.39
(q, J=7.0 Hz, 2 H) 4.69 - 5.04 (m, 2 H) 7.28 - 7.32 (m, 1 H) 7.33 - 7.37 (m, 2 H)
7.37 - 7.41 (m, 2 H) 7.46 - 7.53 (m, 4 H) 9.30 - 9.44 (m, 1 H) 9.44 - 9.57 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 421[M+H]
+, 443[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 419[M-H]
-.
(4) Synthesis of ethyl 9-benzoyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro
[5.5]undec-3-ene-3-carboxylate
[0711]

[0712] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) of the compound (160 mg) obtained in step
(3) above, benzoyl chloride (59 mg) and triethylamine (120 mg) were added and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. To the reaction mixture, a
saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate was added and extraction was
conducted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate. The desiccant was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated
under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by NH silica gel column
chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 98:2-80:20) to give ethyl 9-benzoyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-ene-3-carboxylate
as a colorless solid (56 mg).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 525[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 523[M-H]
-.
(5) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[9-benzoyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0713]

[0714] To a solution in N,N-dimethylformamide (4.0 mL) of the compound (52 mg) obtained
in step (4) above, glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride (29 mg) was added and the mixture
was stirred at 90°C for two hours. After being cooled to room temperature, the reaction
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[9-benzoyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a colorless oil (14 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.45 - 1.50 (m, 9 H) 1.61 - 1.90 (m, 3 H) 2.02
- 2.17 (m, 1 H) 2.75 - 2.95 (m, 3 H) 3.02 - 3.20 (m, 1 H) 3.55 - 3.75 (m, 1 H) 4.00
- 4.06 (m, 2 H) 4.68 - 4.90 (m, 3 H) 7.27 - 7.46 (m, 10 H) 7.51 - 7.59 (m, 4 H) 10.14
- 10.41 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 610[M+H]
+, 632[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 608[M-H]
-.
(6) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0715] The compound (14 mg) obtained in step (5) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 1-2(2) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (6
mg).
1H NMR (500 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.62 - 1.86 (m, 3 H) 2.09 (s, 1 H) 2.79 - 2.96
(m, 3 H) 3.04 - 3.17 (m, 1 H) 3.57 - 3.74 (m, 1 H) 4.14 - 4.22 (m, 2 H) 4.63 - 4.95
(m, 3 H) 7.27 - 7.47 (m, 10 H) 7.50 - 7.61 (m, 4 H) 10.16 - 10.37 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 554[M+H]
+, 576[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 552[M-H]
-.
Example 7-2
N-{[9-Benzyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl]carbonyl}glycine
trifluoroacetate
[0716]

(1) Synthesis of ethyl 9-benzyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro
[5.5]under-3-ene-3 -carboxylate
[0717]

[0718] To a solution in chloroform (3 mL) of the compound (128 mg) obtained in Example 7-1(3),
triethylamine (77 mg), N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) and benzyl bromide (63 mg) were
added successively and the mixture was stirred at 50°C for two hours. After cooling
the reaction mixture to room temperature, water was added to it. Extraction was conducted
with chloroform and the combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure.
The resulting residue was purified by NH silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol
= 97:3-80:20) to give ethyl 9-benzyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-ene-3-carboxylate
as a colorless solid (32 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.41 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H) 1.60 - 1.69 (m, 2 H) 2.02
- 2.15 (m, 4 H) 2.71 - 2.85 (m, 4 H) 3.48 (s, 2 H) 4.39 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H) 4.72 -
4.96 (m, 2 H) 7.23 - 7.28 (m, 3 H) 7.28 - 7.34 (m, 5 H) 7.39 - 7.43 (m, 2 H) 7.46
- 7.58 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 511[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 509[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[9-benzyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0719]

[0720] The compound (32 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 7-1(5) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[9-benzyl-1-(4-biphenylylmethyl)-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a colorless oil (32 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.46 (s, 9 H) 1.60 - 1.67 (m, 2 H) 1.99 - 2.08
(m, 2 H) 2.09 - 2.19 (m, 2 H) 2.70 - 2.82 (m, 4 H) 3.30 (s, 2 H) 3.98 - 4.06 (m, 2
H) 4.75 - 4.86 (m, 2 H) 7.22 - 7.27 (m, 3 H) 7.27 - 7.35 (m, 5 H) 7.39 - 7.44 (m,
2 H) 7.48 - 7.58 (m, 4 H) 10.18 - 10.40 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 596[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 594[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0721] The compound (27 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 1-2(2) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow solid
(31 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, METHANOL-d
4) δ ppm 1.95 - 2.03 (m, 2 H) 2.18 - 2.28 (m, 2 H) 3.00-3.27 (m, 4 H) 3.33 - 3.39 (m,
2 H) 3.58 (s, 2 H) 4.07 - 4.13 (m, 2 H) 4.26 (s, 2 H) 7.27 - 7.37 (m, 3 H) 7.37 -
7.41 (m, 2 H) 7.42 - 7.49 (m, 5 H) 7.53 - 7.59 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 540[M+H]
+.
Example 7-3
N-[(9-Benzoyl-1-benzyl-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undec-3-en-3-yl)carbonyl]glycine
[0722]

[0723] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-344, the compound (1.08 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-341 was used and treated by the same technique as
in Example 7-1 to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (25 mg).
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.41 - 1.53 (m, 1 H) 1.57 - 1.70 (m, 1 H) 1.74 - 1.93 (m, 2 H) 2.46 - 2.47
(m, 2 H) 2.79 - 2.92 (m, 2 H) 2.98 - 3.09 (m, 2 H) 3.89 - 4.03 (m, 2 H) 4.70 - 4.82
(m, 2 H) 7.21 - 7.35 (m, 7 H) 7.35 - 7.42 (m, 3 H) 9.92 - 10.20 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 478[M+H]
+, 500[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 476[M-H]
-.
Example 8-1
4-Hydroxy-N-[2-(hydroxyamino)-2-oxoethyl]-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinecarboxamide
[0724]

Instead of monobenzyl malonate and glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride, the compound
(100 mg) obtained in Example 1-48 and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (31 mg) were respectively
used and treated by the same technique as in Example G-1(1) to give the titled compound
as a colorless amorphous mass (62.2 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.47 - 2.67 (m, 2 H) 3.26 - 3.37 (m, 2 H) 3.79
(s, 3 H) 4.00 - 4.18 (m, 2 H) 4.47 - 4.59 (m, 2 H) 6.80 - 6.93 (m, 2 H) 7.14 - 7.24
(m, 2 H) 10.16 - 10.28 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 350[M+H]
+.
Example 9-1
N-{[4-Hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}-β-alanine
[0725]

(1) Synthesis of sodium 5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-6-oxo-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-4-pyridinolate
[0726]

[0727] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (12.2 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-45 was used and treated by the same techniques as
in Example 1-1(1) and (2) to give sodium 5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-6-oxo-1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-4-pyridinolate
as a solid (12.5 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.10 - 1.18 (m, 3 H) 2.03 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2 H) 3.03 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2 H) 3.72
(s, 3 H) 3.94 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2 H) 4.40 (s, 2 H) 6.79 - 6.93 (m, 2 H) 7.04 - 7.27 (m,
2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 306[M+H]
+, 328[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 304[M-H
]-.
(2) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}-β-alaninate
[0728]

[0729] The compound obtained in step (1) above and β alanine tert-butyl hydrochloride (334
mg) rather than glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride were used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 1-1(3) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}-β-alaninate
as an oil (518mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.48 (s, 9 H) 2.46 - 2.62 (m, 4 H) 3.22 - 3.37
(m, 2 H) 3.48 - 3.72 (m, 2 H) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 4.47 - 4.61 (m, 2 H) 6.78 - 6.93 (m, 2
H) 9.95-10.41 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 427[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 403[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0730] The compound (518 mg) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 1-1(4) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (283
mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.48 - 2.77 (m, 4 H) 3.21 - 3.37 (m, 2 H) 3.58
- 3.72 (m, 2 H) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 4.46 - 4.62 (m, 2 H) 6.79 - 6.94 (m, 2 H) 7.11 - 7.24
(m, 2 H) 9.95 - 10.50 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 349[M+H]
+, 371[M+Na]
+.
[0731] The compounds of the following Examples 9-2 to 9-4 were synthesized using a commercial
grade of the corresponding amines by the method described in Example 9-1 or modifications
thereof. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are
shown in Table 24-1.

Example 9-5
N-{[4-Hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}-N-methylglycine
[0732]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}-N-methylglycinate
[0733]

[0734] To a solution in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (5.0 mL) of the compound (500 mg) obtained in
Example 9-1(1), triethylamine (215 mg) and sarcosine tert-butyl hydrochloride (345
mg) were added and the mixture was stirred at 50°C for 6 hours. After cooling the
reaction mixture to room temperature, the insoluble matter was removed by passage
through Celite (registered trademark). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced
pressure and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 100:0-0:100) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxybenzyl)-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}-N-methylglycinate
as a yellow oil (347 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.48 (s, 9 H) 2.49 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H) 3.06 (s,
3 H) 3.31 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H) 3.80 (s, 3 H) 4.00 (s, 2 H) 4.57 (s, 2 H) 6.81 - 6.91
(m, 2 H) 7.14 - 7.25 (m, 2 H).
(2) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0735] The compound (347 mg) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 1-1(4) to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (116
mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.18 - 2.31 (m, 2 H) 2.80 (br. s., 2 H) 3.14 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2 H) 3.73 (s, 3
H) 4.39 (s, 2 H) 6.84 - 6.90 (m, 2 H) 7.12 - 7.23 (m, 2 H).
Example 10-1
N-[(1-{2-[(4-Biphenylylmethyl)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycine
sodium salt
[0736]

(1) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[1-(2-{[dimethyl(2-methyl-2-propanyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)-4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]
carbonyl}glycinate
[0737]

[0738] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1, the compound (19.7 g)
obtained in Reference Example A-342 was used and treaded by the same techniques as
in Example 1-1(1) to (3) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[1-(2-{[dimethyl(2-methyl-2-propanyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)-4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}
glycinate as a pale brown solid (10.9 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.04 - 0.09 (m, 6 H) 0.86 - 0.93 (m, 9 H) 1.31
- 1.37 (m, 6 H) 1.48 (s, 9 H) 2.40 - 2.63 (m, 2 H) 3.40 - 3.58 (m, 2 H) 3.64 - 3.84
(m, 2 H) 3.94 - 4.09 (m, 2 H) 10.14 - 10.39 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 457[M+H]
+.
(2) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0739]

[0740] The compound (5.25 g) obtained in step (1) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Example 4-1(4) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a pale yellow oil (3.90 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.34 (s, 6 H) 1.49 (s, 9 H) 2.49 - 2.64 (m, 2
H) 3.55 - 3.66 (m, 2 H) 3.71 - 3.84 (m, 2 H) 3.98 - 4.06 (m, 2 H) 9.92 - 10.55 (m,
1 H). MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 343 [M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 341 [M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1-(2-oxoethyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0741]

[0742] The compound (3.90 g) obtained in step (2) above was used and treated by the same
technique as in Reference Example 19-1 to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-{[4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1-(2-oxoethyl)-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a pale yellow solid (2.55 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.27 - 1.33 (m, 6 H) 1.43 - 1.51 (m, 9 H) 2.54
- 2.71 (m, 2 H) 3.95 - 4.18 (m, 4 H) 9.52 - 9.61 (m, 1 H) 9.90 - 10.03 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 341 [M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 339[M-H]
-.
(4) Synthesis of [4-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-5-({2-[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-2-oxoethyl}carbamoyl)-6-oxo-3,6-dihydro-1(2H)-pyridinyl]acetic
acid
[0743]

[0744] To a suspension in ethanol (40 mL) of the compound (1.93 g) obtained in step (3)
above and silver nitrate (1.93 g), a solution of sodium hydroxide (907 mg) in water
(26 mL) was added dropwise under cooling with ice and the mixture was stirred at the
same temperature for 20 minutes. To the reaction mixture, ethyl acetate and 2 mol/L
hydrochloric acid were added and the resulting mixture was brought to room temperature.
Extraction was conducted with chloroform and the combined organic layers were dried
over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration, the
filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified
by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 100:0-85:15, then n-hexane:ethyl
acetate = 98:2-25:75) to give [4-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-5-({2-[(2-methyl-2-propanyl)oxy]-2-oxoethyl}carbamoyl)-6-oxo-3,6-dihydro-1(2H)-pyridinyl]acetic
acid as a colorless amorphous mass (1.79 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.31 - 1.38 (m, 6 H) 1.45 - 1.52 (m, 9 H) 2.54
- 2.70 (m, 2 H) 3.97 - 4.06 (m, 2 H) 4.11 - 4.22 (m, 2 H) 9.79 - 10.54 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 355[M-H]
-.
(5) Synthesis of 2-methyl-2-propanyl N-[(1-{2-[(4-biphenylylmethyl)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycinate
[0745]

[0746] Instead of monobenzyl malonate and glycine tert-butyl hydrochloride, the compound
(245 mg) obtained in step (4) above and 4-phenylbenzylamine (189 mg) were respectively
used and treated by the same technique as in Reference Example G-1(1) to give 2-methyl-2-propanyl
N-[(1-{2-[(4-biphenylylmethyl)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-4-hydroxy-6,6-dimethyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl)carbonyl]glycinate
as a colorless solid (285 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.32 - 1.37 (m, 6 H) 1.45 - 1.50 (m, 9 H) 2.51
- 2.63 (m, 2 H) 3.98 - 4.06 (m, 2 H) 4.09 - 4.17 (m, 2 H) 4.44 - 4.54 (m, 2 H) 6.80
- 6.90 (m, 1 H) 7.29 - 7.38 (m, 3 H) 7.39 - 7.48 (m, 2 H) 7.51 - 7.62 (m, 4 H) 9.85
- 10.62 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 544[M+Na]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 520[M-H]
-.
(6) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0747] The compound (285 mg) obtained in step (5) above was used and treated by the same
techniques as in Example 1-3(2) and (3) to give the titled compound as a pale yellow
solid (237 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 1.23 (s, 6 H) 2.54 - 2.71 (m, 2 H) 3.46 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 2 H) 4.01 (s, 2 H) 4.33
(d, J=6.1 Hz, 2 H) 7.29 - 7.39 (m, 3 H) 7.40 - 7.50 (m, 2 H) 7.56 - 7.70 (m, 4 H)
8.27 - 8.44 (m, 1 H) 9.86 - 10.12 (m, 1 H).
[0748] The compounds of the following Examples 10-2 and 10-4 were synthesized using a commercial
grade of the corresponding amines by the method described in Example 10-1 or a modification
thereof. The structures of the synthesized compounds and their NMR and MS data are
shown in Table 25-1.

Example 11-1
N-({1-[1-(4'-Fuoro-4-biphenylyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycine
[0749]

(1) Synthesis of methyl N-({1-[2-{[dimethyl(2-methyl-2-propanyl)silyl]oxy}-1-(4-iodophenyl)ethyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0750]

[0751] Instead of the compound obtained in Reference Example A-1 and glycine tert-butyl
hydrochloride, the compound (1.40 g) obtained in Reference Example B-19 and glycine
methyl hydrochloride (442 mg) were respectively used and treated by the same techniques
as in Example 1-1(1) to (3) to give methyl N-({1-[2-{[dimethyl(2-methyl-2-propanyl)silyl]oxy}-1-(4-iodophenyl)ethyl]-4-hydroxy-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a pale brown solid (1.40 g).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 0.09 (s, 6 H) 0.87 (s, 9 H) 2.39 - 2.62 (m, 2
H) 3.05 - 3.21 (m, 1 H) 3.33 - 3.50 (m, 1 H) 3.78 (s, 3 H) 3.99 - 4.21 (m, 4 H) 5.55
- 5.78 (m, 1 H) 7.04 - 7.16 (m, 2 H) 7.61 - 7.74 (m, 2 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 589[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 587[M-H]
-.
(2) Synthesis of methyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[2-hydroxy-1-(4-iodophenyl)ethyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
[0752]

[0753] To a solution in ethyl acetate (67 mL) of the compound (1.32 g) obtained in step
(1) above, a solution (12.3 mL) of 4 mol/L hydrogen chloride in 1,4-dioxane was added
and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for an hour. Water was then added
under cooling with ice. Extraction was conducted with ethyl acetate and the organic
layer was washed with saturated brine. The washed organic layer was dried over anhydrous
magnesium sulfate and after removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 99:1-0:100) to give methyl N-({4-hydroxy-1-[2-hydroxy-1-(4-iodophenyl)ethyl]-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydro-3-pyridinyl}carbonyl)glycinate
as a pale yellow amorphous mass (880 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.35 - 2.62 (m, 2 H) 2.99 - 3.18 (m, 1 H) 3.26
- 3.46 (m, 1 H) 3.77 (s, 3 H) 3.94 - 4.22 (m, 4 H) 5.58 - 5.80 (m, 1 H) 6.95 - 7.13
(m, 2 H) 7.57 - 7.78 (m, 2 H) 9.95 - 10.56 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 475[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 473[M-H]
-.
(3) Synthesis of methyl N-{[7-hydroxy-3-(4-iodophenyl)-2,3,6,8a-tetrahydro-5H-[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyridin-8-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0754]

[0755] To a solution in acetonitrile (14.8 mL) of the compound (880 mg) obtained in step
(2) above, propylphosphonic acid anhydride (cyclic trimer) (50%, solution in ethyl
acetate, 5.91 g) was added and the solvent was immediately concentrated under reduced
pressure. To the resulting residue, acetonitrile (14.8 mL) was added and the mixture
was stirred at 90°C for three hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced
pressure and chloroform was added to the concentrate. With the solvent being distilled
off under reduced pressure, the crude product was adsorbed on diatomaceous earth.
The crude product adsorbed on the diatomaceous earth was purified by NH silica gel
column chromatography (chlorform:methanol = 100:0-95:5) to give methyl N-{[7-hydroxy-3-(4-iodophenyl)-2,3,6,8a-tetrahydro-5H-[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyridin-8-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a colorless solid (690 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.51 - 2.74 (m, 2 H) 3.11 - 3.37 (m, 2 H) 3.74
(s, 3 H) 4.12 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) 4.53 (dd, J=9.2, 8.5 Hz, 1 H) 4.75 (t, J=8.5 Hz,
1 H) 4.97 - 5.22 (m, 1 H) 7.02 - 7.12 (m, 2 H) 7.73 - 7.83 (m, 2 H) 9.59 (t, J=5.4
Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 457[M+H]
+, 479[M+Na]
+.
(4) Synthesis of methyl N-{[3-(4'-fluoro-4-biphenylyl)-7-hydroxy-2,3,6,8a-tetrahydro-5H-[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyridin-8-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
[0756]

[0757] A mixture of the compound (100 mg) obtained in step (3) above, 4-fluorophenylboronic
acid (66 mg), palladium(II) acetate (6.6 mg), tri(2-methylphenyl)phosphine (26 mg),
potassium carbonate (186 mg), methanol (4.4 mL) and toluene (2.2 mL) was stirred in
a sealed tube at 90°C for 70 minutes. After being cooled to room temperature, the
reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane:ethyl acetate = 99:1-0:100,
then chloroform:methanol = 100:0-85:15) to give methyl N-{[3-(4'-fluoro-4-biphenylyl)-7-hydroxy-2,3,6,8a-tetrahydro-5H-[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyridin-8-yl]carbonyl}glycinate
as a pale brown solid (100 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 2.56 - 2.76 (m, 2 H) 3.18 - 3.50 (m, 2 H) 3.74
(s, 3 H) 4.10 - 4.17 (m, 2 H) 4.54 - 4.68 (m, 1 H) 4.88 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H) 5.06 -
5.22 (m, 1 H) 7.09 - 7.22 (m, 2 H) 7.36 - 7.47 (m, 2 H) 7.50 - 7.66 (m, 4 H) 9.69
(t, J=5.5 Hz, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 425[M+H]
+, 447[M+Na]
+.
(5) Synthesis of the titled compound
[0758] To a solution in tetrahydrofuran (2.4 mL) and methanol (2.4 mL) of the compound (100
mg) obtained in step (4) above, 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution (471
µL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. The precipitate
was recovered by filtration and dissolved in ethyl acetate and 4 mol/L hydrochloric
acid. The organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting
residue was purified by preparative HPLC. To a solution of the resulting purified
product (45.0 mg) in acetone (2 mL), 1 mol/L sodium hydroxide in aqueous solution
(105 µL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. The precipitate
was recovered by filtration to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (40 mg).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d
6) δ ppm 2.40 - 2.50 (m, 2 H) 3.00 - 3.22 (m, 1 H) 3.37 - 3.51 (m, 2 H) 3.83 - 4.03
(m, 2 H) 5.11 (br. s., 1 H) 5.68 (br. s., 1 H) 7.21 - 7.35 (m, 2 H) 7.35 - 7.48 (m,
2 H) 7.55 - 7.76 (m, 4 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 429[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 427[M-H]
-.
Reference Example X-1
Synthesis of (5S)-1-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-N-{2-[(4-bromophenyl)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-carboxamide
and determination of its absolute configuration by X-ray crystallography
[0759]

[0760] To a solution in N,N-dimethylformamide (1.00 mL) of the compound (60.8 mg) obtained
in Example 5-1, 4-bromoaniline (39.0 mg), propylphosphonic acid anhydride (cyclic
trimer) (50%, solution in N,N-dimethylformamide, 135 µL) and triethylamine (64.0 µL)
were added and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. To the reaction
mixture, 4-bromoaniline (39.0 mg), propylphosphonic acid anhydride (cyclic trimer)
(50%, solution in N,N-dimethylformamide, 135 µL) and triethylamine (64.0 µL) were
further added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours. The
reaction mixture was purified by preparative HPLC to give the residue (43.2 mg). The
resulting residue was crystallized with a liquid mixture of n-hexane, diethyl ether,
and ethyl acetate to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (25.8 mg, 95.5%ee).
Part of the resulting solid was recrystallized with a liquid mixture of chloroform
and methanol and the resulting acicular crystal was used in X-ray crystallography.
As the result, the 2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine ring of the crystal was determined
to have an absolute configuration (S) at position 5.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.09 - 1.24 (m, 3 H) 2.69 - 2.86 (m, 1 H) 3.10
(dd, J=12.5, 8.2 Hz, 1 H) 3.44 (dd, J=12.5, 5.8 Hz, 1 H) 4.11 - 4.18 (m, 2 H) 4.60
- 4.73 (m, 2 H) 7.30 - 7.39 (m, 3 H) 7.40 - 7.48 (m, 6 H) 7.53 - 7.62 (m, 4 H) 8.14
- 8.24 (m, 1 H) 10.46 - 10.58 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 548[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 546[M-H]
-.
Optical HPLC retention time: 11.041 min.
Reference Example X-2
Synthesis of (5R)-1-(biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-N-{2-[(4-bromophenyl)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-4-hydroxy-5-methyl-2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridin-3-carboxamide
and determination of its absolute configuration by X-ray crystallography
[0761]

[0762] The compound (54.8 mg) obtained in Example 5-2 was used and treated by the same technique
as in Reference Example X-1 to give the titled compound as a colorless solid (33.1
mg, 93.8%ee). By subsequent X-ray crystallography, the 2-oxo-1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine
ring of the crystal was determined to have an absolute configuration (R) at position
5.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) δ ppm 1.09 - 1.24 (m, 3 H) 2.55 - 2.82 (m, 1 H) 3.10
(dd, J=12.5, 8.1 Hz, 1 H) 3.44 (dd, J=12.5, 5.9 Hz, 1 H) 4.12 - 4.18 (m, 2 H) 4.59
- 4.73 (m, 2 H) 7.31 - 7.40 (m, 3 H) 7.40 - 7.49 (m, 6 H) 7.54 - 7.62 (m, 4 H) 7.97
- 8.23 (m, 1 H) 10.46 - 10.59 (m, 1 H).
MS ESI/APCI Dual posi: 548[M+H]
+.
MS ESI/APCI Dual nega: 546[M-H]
-.
Optical HPLC retention time: 12.096 min.
[0763] The PHD2 inhibitory activities of compounds of the present invention were determined
in accordance with Tests 1 and 2 described below.
Test 1
(1) Expression and preparation of human PHD2
[0764] Human PHD2 was expressed in insect cells (HighFive cells). A registered sequence
of human PHD2 (NM_022051) was introduced into the pFastBac1 vector (Invitrogen), and
the sequence was verified. The vector was introduced into Sf9 insect cells (Invitrogen)
to acquire human PHD2 baculovirus. HighFive insect cells (Invitrogen) were infected
with this recombinant virus and cultured at 27°C for 72 hours; thereafter, a cell
lysis solution containing various protease inhibitors was added and the cells were
disrupted to form a suspension. The suspension of disrupted cells was centrifuged
at 4°C and 100,000 ×g for 30 minutes and the supernatant was recovered as a cell lysate.
Analysis by Western blotting confirmed that the human PHD2 protein was expressed only
in the lysate of cells infected with the PHD2 baculovirus.
(2) Measurement of human PHD2 inhibitory activity
[0765] The activity of human PHD2 enzyme was measured with a substrate which is a 19-residue
partial peptide based on the sequence of HIF-1α. Specifically, the conversion of 2-oxoglutarate
to succinic acid which would occur simultaneously with the hydroxylation of a proline
residue in the peptide with the PHD2 enzyme was utilized. To be more specific, [
14C]-2-oxoglutarate was added to the reaction system to initiate an enzymatic reaction
and the [
14C]-2-oxoglutarate remaining after the reaction was bound to 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine
(DNPH), with the resulting precipitate being removed by passage through a filter.
Subsequently, radiation counting was conducted on the resulting [
14C]-succinic acid.
[0766] The enzyme and the substrate were each diluted with a 20 mM tris-hydrochloric acid
buffer (pH 7.5) containing 6.67 mM KCl, 2 mM MgCl
2, 13.3 µM iron sulfate, 2.67 mM ascorbic acid, and 1.33 mM DTT, whereas each test
compound was diluted with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
[0767] A test compound, HIF-1α peptide and [
14C]-2-oxoglutarate were preliminarily added onto 96-well plates and reaction was initiated
by adding a human PHD2 enzyme solution (4 µg/well). After 15-min incubation at 37°C,
a DNPH-containing quench solution was added and the mixture was allowed to stand at
room temperature for 30 minutes.
Thereafter, an excess of non-radiolabelled 2-oxoglutarate was added and the mixture
was allowed to stand at room temperature for 60 minutes. The resulting precipitate
was removed by passage through a filter and the radiation count on the [
14C]-succinic acid was quantified (with MicroBeta). Radiation counting was conducted
for each well and the human PHD2 inhibitory activity of each test compound was calculated
on the basis of the values for the substrate-free group and the test compound-free
group.
(3) Results
[0768] The inhibition data of human PHD2 for the test compounds (%, test compound's concentration
was 1 µM) are shown in the following Tables 26-1 to 26-3.
[Table 26-1]
Compound No. |
Percent inhibition (% at 1 µM) |
Ex. 1-1 |
78 |
Ex. 1-2 |
94 |
Ex. 1-3 |
74 |
Ex. 1-4 |
104 |
Ex. 1-5 |
52 |
Ex. 1-6 |
50 |
Ex. 1-7 |
54 |
Ex. 1-8 |
54 |
Ex. 1-9 |
88 |
Ex. 1-10 |
93 |
Ex. 1-11 |
95 |
Ex. 1-12 |
88 |
Ex. 1-13 |
64 |
Ex. 1-14 |
21 |
Ex. 1-15 |
72 |
Ex. 1-16 |
94 |
Ex. 1-17 |
84 |
Ex. 1-18 |
88 |
Ex. 1-19 |
86 |
Ex. 1-20 |
93 |
Ex. 1-21 |
72 |
Ex. 1-22 |
95 |
Ex. 1-23 |
84 |
Ex. 1-24 |
74 |
Ex. 1-25 |
72 |
Ex. 1-26 |
90 |
Ex. 1-27 |
75 |
Ex. 1-28 |
94 |
Ex. 1-29 |
81 |
Ex. 1-30 |
77 |
Ex. 1-31 |
89 |
Ex. 1-32 |
78 |
Ex. 1-33 |
72 |
Ex. 1-34 |
58 |
Ex. 1-35 |
81 |
Ex. 1-36 |
83 |
Ex.1-37 |
87 |
Ex. 1-38 |
48 |
Ex. 1-39 |
76 |
Ex. 1-40 |
79 |
Ex. 1-41 |
89 |
Ex. 1-42 |
90 |
Ex. 1-43 |
74 |
Ex. 1-44 |
87 |
Ex. 1-45 |
82 |
Ex. 1-46 |
78 |
Ex. 1-47 |
77 |
Ex. 1-48 |
67 |
Ex. 1-49 |
55 |
Ex. 1-50 |
77 |
Ex. 1-51 |
58 |
Ex. 1-52 |
58 |
Ex. 1-53 |
78 |
Ex. 1-54 |
60 |
Ex. 1-55 |
75 |
Ex. 1-56 |
70 |
Ex. 1-57 |
58 |
Ex. 1-58 |
67 |
Ex. 1-59 |
41 |
Ex. 1-60 |
66 |
Ex. 1-61 |
58 |
Ex. 1-62 |
65 |
Ex. 1-63 |
43 |
Ex. 1-64 |
80 |
Ex. 1-65 |
84 |
Ex. 1-66 |
80 |
Ex. 1-67 |
84 |
Ex. 1-68 |
67 |
Ex. 1-69 |
85 |
Ex. 1-70 |
104 |
Ex. 1-71 |
81 |
Ex. 1-72 |
98 |
Ex. 1-73 |
99 |
Ex. 1-74 |
80 |
Ex. 1-75 |
54 |
Ex. 1-76 |
40 |
Ex. 1-77 |
74 |
Ex. 1-78 |
70 |
Ex. 1-79 |
64 |
Ex. 1-80 |
76 |
Ex. 1-81 |
72 |
Ex. 1-82 |
51 |
Ex. 1-83 |
54 |
Ex. 1-84 |
42 |
Ex. 1-85 |
61 |
Ex. 1-86 |
48 |
Ex. 1-87 |
46 |
Ex. 1-88 |
44 |
Ex. 1-89 |
69 |
Ex. 1-90 |
58 |
Ex. 1-91 |
85 |
Ex. 1-92 |
69 |
Ex. 1-93 |
80 |
Ex. 1-94 |
84 |
Ex. 1-95 |
85 |
Ex. 1-96 |
82 |
Ex.1-97 |
89 |
Ex. 1-98 |
88 |
Ex. 1-99 |
71 |
Ex. 1-100 |
64 |
Ex. 1-101 |
60 |
Ex. 1-102 |
67 |
Ex. 1-103 |
76 |
Ex. 1-104 |
87 |
Ex. 1-105 |
78 |
Ex. 1-106 |
66 |
Ex. 1-107 |
67 |
Ex. 1-108 |
60 |
Ex. 1-109 |
70 |
Ex. 1-110 |
82 |
Ex. 1-111 |
68 |
Ex. 1-112 |
68 |
Ex. 1-113 |
79 |
Ex. 1-114 |
36 |
Ex. 1-115 |
49 |
Ex. 1-116 |
82 |
Ex. 1-117 |
83 |
Ex. 1-118 |
77 |
Ex. 1-119 |
85 |
Ex. 1-120 |
69 |
Ex. 1-121 |
66 |
Ex. 1-122 |
65 |
Ex. 1-123 |
90 |
Ex. 1-124 |
72 |
Ex. 1-125 |
98 |
Ex. 1-126 |
97 |
Ex. 1-127 |
92 |
Ex. 1-128 |
88 |
Ex. 1-129 |
71 |
Ex. 1-130 |
89 |
Ex. 1-131 |
93 |
Ex. 1-132 |
103 |
Ex. 1-133 |
104 |
Ex. 1-134 |
86 |
Ex. 1-135 |
78 |
Ex. 1-136 |
91 |
Ex. 1-137 |
78 |
Ex. 1-138 |
83 |
Ex. 1-139 |
72 |
Ex. 1-140 |
79 |
Ex. 1-141 |
64 |
Ex. 1-142 |
54 |
Ex. 1-143 |
41 |
Ex. 1-144 |
76 |
Ex. 1-145 |
88 |
Ex. 1-146 |
69 |
Ex. 1-147 |
84 |
Ex. 1-148 |
78 |
Ex. 1-149 |
74 |
Ex. 1-150 |
63 |
[Table 26-2]
Compound No. |
Percent inhibition (% at 1 µM) |
Ex. 1-151 |
57 |
Ex. 1-152 |
82 |
Ex. 1-153 |
64 |
Ex. 1-154 |
77 |
Ex. 1-155 |
82 |
Ex. 1-156 |
70 |
Ex. 1-157 |
67 |
Ex. 1-158 |
67 |
Ex. 1-159 |
78 |
Ex. 1-160 |
74 |
Ex. 1-161 |
62 |
Ex. 1-162 |
78 |
Ex. 1-163 |
84 |
Ex. 1-164 |
49 |
Ex. 1-165 |
42 |
Ex. 1-166 |
82 |
Ex. 1-167 |
80 |
Ex. 1-168 |
51 |
Ex. 1-169 |
28 |
Ex. 1-170 |
35 |
Ex. 1-171 |
81 |
Ex. 1-172 |
77 |
Ex. 1-173 |
64 |
Ex. 1-174 |
59 |
Ex. 1-175 |
32 |
Ex. 1-176 |
74 |
Ex. 1-177 |
93 |
Ex. 1-178 |
81 |
Ex. 1-179 |
44 |
Ex. 1-180 |
54 |
Ex. 1-181 |
73 |
Ex. 1-182 |
77 |
Ex. 1-183 |
39 |
Ex. 1-184 |
59 |
Ex. 1-185 |
69 |
Ex. 1-186 |
64 |
Ex. 1-187 |
47 |
Ex. 1-188 |
44 |
Ex. 1-189 |
53 |
Ex. 1-190 |
84 |
Ex. 1-191 |
38 |
Ex. 1-192 |
48 |
Ex. 1-193 |
67 |
Ex. 1-194 |
54 |
Ex. 1-195 |
52 |
Ex. 1-196 |
41 |
Ex. 1-197 |
66 |
Ex. 1-198 |
70 |
Ex. 1-199 |
65 |
Ex. 1-200 |
98 |
Ex. 1-201 |
67 |
Ex. 1-202 |
58 |
Ex. 1-203 |
61 |
Ex. 1-204 |
69 |
Ex. 1-205 |
104 |
Ex. 1-206 |
95 |
Ex. 1-207 |
92 |
Ex. 1-208 |
90 |
Ex. 1-209 |
102 |
Ex. 1-210 |
59 |
Ex. 1-211 |
76 |
Ex. 1-212 |
82 |
Ex. 1-213 |
88 |
Ex. 1-214 |
89 |
Ex. 1-215 |
85 |
Ex. 1-216 |
75 |
Ex. 1-217 |
52 |
Ex. 1-218 |
52 |
Ex. 1-219 |
69 |
Ex. 1-220 |
72 |
Ex. 1-221 |
66 |
Ex. 1-222 |
90 |
Ex. 1-223 |
90 |
Ex. 1-224 |
80 |
Ex. 1-225 |
100 |
Ex. 1-227 |
76 |
Ex. 1-228 |
71 |
Ex. 1-229 |
74 |
Ex. 1-230 |
96 |
Ex. 1-231 |
65 |
Ex. 1-232 |
89 |
Ex. 1-233 |
91 |
Ex. 1-234 |
61 |
Ex. 1-235 |
91 |
Ex. 1-236 |
84 |
Ex. 1-237 |
74 |
Ex. 1-238 |
92 |
Ex. 1-239 |
74 |
Ex. 1-240 |
91 |
Ex. 1-241 |
97 |
Ex. 1-242 |
100 |
Ex. 1-243 |
76 |
Ex. 1-244 |
47 |
Ex. 1-245 |
80 |
Ex. 1-246 |
97 |
Ex. 1-247 |
81 |
Ex. 1-249 |
103 |
Ex. 1-250 |
80 |
Ex. 1-251 |
90 |
Ex. 1-252 |
104 |
Ex. 1-253 |
45 |
Ex. 1-254 |
103 |
Ex. 1-255 |
99 |
Ex. 1-256 |
101 |
Ex. 1-257 |
95 |
Ex. 1-258 |
94 |
Ex. 1-259 |
92 |
Ex. 1-260 |
95 |
Ex. 1-261 |
99 |
Ex. 1-262 |
88 |
Ex. 1-263 |
81 |
Ex. 1-264 |
83 |
Ex. 1-265 |
98 |
Ex. 1-266 |
83 |
Ex. 1-267 |
81 |
Ex. 1-268 |
78 |
Ex. 1-269 |
85 |
Ex. 1-270 |
88 |
Ex. 1-271 |
91 |
Ex. 1-272 |
65 |
Ex. 1-273 |
99 |
Ex. 1-274 |
92 |
Ex. 1-275 |
85 |
Ex. 1-276 |
93 |
Ex. 1-277 |
108 |
Ex. 1-278 |
93 |
Ex. 1-279 |
90 |
Ex. 1-280 |
109 |
Ex. 1-281 |
70 |
Ex. 1-282 |
101 |
Ex. 1-283 |
99 |
Ex. 1-284 |
107 |
Ex. 1-285 |
106 |
Ex. 1-286 |
95 |
Ex. 1-287 |
94 |
Ex. 1-288 |
90 |
Ex. 1-289 |
95 |
Ex. 1-290 |
63 |
Ex. 1-291 |
75 |
Ex. 1-292 |
83 |
Ex. 1-293 |
35 |
Ex. 1-294 |
51 |
Ex. 1-295 |
63 |
Ex. 1-296 |
100 |
Ex. 1-297 |
86 |
Ex. 1-298 |
84 |
Ex. 1-299 |
47 |
Ex. 1-300 |
30 |
Ex. 1-301 |
56 |
Ex. 1-302 |
61 |
[Table 26-3]
Compound No. |
Percent inhibition (% at 1 µM) |
Ex. 1-303 |
102 |
Ex. 1-304 |
35 |
Ex. 1-305 |
94 |
Ex. 1-306 |
94 |
Ex. 1-307 |
51 |
Ex. 2-1 |
93 |
Ex. 2-6 |
68 |
Ex. 2-7 |
88 |
Ex. 2-8 |
87 |
Ex. 2-9 |
78 |
Ex. 2-10 |
84 |
Ex. 2-11 |
93 |
Ex. 2-12 |
93 |
Ex. 2-13 |
92 |
Ex. 2-14 |
98 |
Ex. 2-15 |
97 |
Ex. 2-16 |
102 |
Ex. 2-17 |
94 |
Ex. 2-18 |
98 |
Ex. 2-19 |
96 |
Ex. 2-20 |
102 |
Ex. 2-21 |
88 |
Ex. 2-22 |
95 |
Ex. 2-23 |
88 |
Ex. 2-24 |
91 |
Ex. 2-25 |
92 |
Ex. 2-26 |
90 |
Ex. 2-27 |
100 |
Ex. 2-28 |
90 |
Ex. 2-29 |
101 |
Ex. 2-30 |
103 |
Ex. 3-1 |
102 |
Ex. 3-2 |
87 |
Ex. 4-1 |
58 |
Ex. 4-2 |
77 |
Ex. 5-1 |
93 |
Ex. 5-2 |
92 |
Test 2
(1) Expression and preparation of human PHD2
[0769] Human PHD2 was expressed in human cells (293FT cells). A registered sequence of human
PHD2 (NM_022051) was introduced into pcDNA3.1/Hygro(+) vector (Invitrogen), and the
sequence was verified. The vector was introduced into 293FT cells (Invitrogen) which
were cultured at 37°C in the presence of 5% CO
2 gas for 48 hours; thereafter, a cell lysis solution containing various protease inhibitors
was added and the cells were disrupted to form a suspension. The suspension of disrupted
cells was centrifuged at 4°C and 100,000 ×g for 30 minutes and the supernatant was
recovered as a cell lysate. Analysis by Western blotting confirmed that the human
PHD2 protein was expressed in the cell lysate.
(2) Measurement of human PHD2 inhibitory activity
[0770] The activity of human PHD2 enzyme was measured with a substrate which is a 19-residue
partial peptide based on the sequence of HIF-1α; specifically, the hydroxylation of
a proline residue in the peptide was measured by FP (Fluorescence Polarization).
[0771] The enzyme and the substrate were each diluted with a 50 mM tris-hydrochloric acid
buffer (pH 7.5) containing 12.5 mM KCl, 3.75 mM MgCl
2, 25 µM iron sulfate, 5 mM ascorbic acid, and 2.5 mM DTT, whereas each test compound
was diluted with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
[0772] A test compound and the substrate solution were preliminarily added onto 384-well
plates and reaction was initiated by adding a human PHD2 enzyme solution (40 ng/well).
After 20-min incubation at 30°C, an EDTA-containing quench solution was added and
the amount of the proline residues hydroxylated via binding to an added HIF-OH antibody
solution was quantified by fluorescence polarization.
[0773] The fluorescence polarization of each well was measured and the human PHD2 inhibitory
activity of each test compound was calculated on the basis of the values for the test
compound-free group.
(3) Results
[0774] The inhibition data of human PHD2 for the test compounds (%, test compound's concentration
was 1 µM) are shown in the following Tables 27-1 to 27-4. For representative compounds,
their IC
50 values (nM) are shown in the following Table 28-1.
[Table 27-1]
Compound No. |
Percent inhibition (% at 1 µM) |
Ex. 1-1 |
94 |
Ex. 1-2 |
92 |
Ex. 1-3 |
78 |
Ex. 1-4 |
96 |
Ex. 1-5 |
76 |
Ex. 1-6 |
57 |
Ex. 1-7 |
68 |
Ex. 1-8 |
87 |
Ex. 1-9 |
93 |
Ex. 1-10 |
92 |
Ex. 1-11 |
93 |
Ex. 1-12 |
93 |
Ex. 1-13 |
81 |
Ex. 1-14 |
36 |
Ex. 1-15 |
86 |
Ex. 1-16 |
92 |
Ex. 1-17 |
85 |
Ex. 1-18 |
86 |
Ex. 1-19 |
81 |
Ex. 1-20 |
93 |
Ex. 1-21 |
73 |
Ex. 1-22 |
85 |
Ex. 1-23 |
82 |
Ex. 1-24 |
84 |
Ex. 1-25 |
76 |
Ex. 1-26 |
94 |
Ex. 1-27 |
89 |
Ex. 1-28 |
92 |
Ex. 1-29 |
86 |
Ex. 1-30 |
83 |
Ex. 1-31 |
89 |
Ex. 1-32 |
82 |
Ex. 1-33 |
84 |
Ex. 1-34 |
75 |
Ex. 1-35 |
90 |
Ex. 1-36 |
85 |
Ex. 1-37 |
89 |
Ex. 1-38 |
66 |
Ex. 1-39 |
86 |
Ex. 1-40 |
91 |
Ex. 1-41 |
90 |
Ex. 1-42 |
94 |
Ex. 1-43 |
79 |
Ex. 1-44 |
91 |
Ex. 1-45 |
88 |
Ex. 1-46 |
84 |
Ex. 1-47 |
81 |
Ex. 1-48 |
79 |
Ex. 1-49 |
55 |
Ex. 1-50 |
83 |
Ex. 1-51 |
73 |
Ex. 1-52 |
78 |
Ex. 1-53 |
78 |
Ex. 1-54 |
71 |
Ex. 1-55 |
79 |
Ex. 1-56 |
69 |
Ex. 1-57 |
83 |
Ex. 1-58 |
71 |
Ex. 1-59 |
54 |
Ex. 1-60 |
76 |
Ex. 1-61 |
71 |
Ex. 1-62 |
68 |
Ex. 1-63 |
69 |
Ex. 1-64 |
81 |
Ex. 1-65 |
85 |
Ex. 1-66 |
77 |
Ex. 1-67 |
89 |
Ex. 1-68 |
66 |
Ex. 1-69 |
81 |
Ex. 1-70 |
95 |
Ex. 1-71 |
85 |
Ex. 1-72 |
89 |
Ex. 1-73 |
90 |
Ex. 1-74 |
86 |
Ex. 1-75 |
84 |
Ex. 1-76 |
79 |
Ex. 1-77 |
85 |
Ex. 1-78 |
78 |
Ex. 1-79 |
71 |
Ex. 1-80 |
88 |
Ex. 1-81 |
64 |
Ex. 1-82 |
77 |
Ex. 1-83 |
73 |
Ex. 1-84 |
67 |
Ex. 1-85 |
65 |
Ex. 1-86 |
71 |
Ex. 1-87 |
86 |
Ex. 1-88 |
55 |
Ex. 1-89 |
72 |
Ex. 1-90 |
63 |
Ex. 1-91 |
94 |
Ex. 1-92 |
66 |
Ex. 1-93 |
81 |
Ex. 1-94 |
92 |
Ex. 1-95 |
91 |
Ex. 1-96 |
86 |
Ex. 1-97 |
91 |
Ex. 1-98 |
88 |
Ex. 1-99 |
92 |
Ex. 1-100 |
84 |
Ex. 1-101 |
86 |
Ex. 1-102 |
83 |
Ex. 1-103 |
82 |
Ex. 1-104 |
94 |
Ex. 1-105 |
83 |
Ex. 1-106 |
72 |
Ex. 1-107 |
90 |
Ex. 1-108 |
87 |
Ex. 1-109 |
77 |
Ex. 1-110 |
84 |
Ex. 1-111 |
80 |
Ex. 1-112 |
90 |
Ex. 1-113 |
84 |
Ex. 1-114 |
83 |
Ex. 1-115 |
83 |
Ex. 1-116 |
84 |
Ex. 1-117 |
92 |
Ex. 1-118 |
87 |
Ex. 1-119 |
84 |
Ex. 1-120 |
82 |
Ex. 1-121 |
71 |
Ex. 1-122 |
76 |
Ex. 1-123 |
93 |
Ex. 1-124 |
79 |
Ex. 1-125 |
97 |
Ex. 1-126 |
98 |
Ex. 1-127 |
95 |
Ex. 1-128 |
84 |
Ex. 1-129 |
80 |
Ex. 1-130 |
90 |
Ex. 1-131 |
96 |
Ex. 1-132 |
94 |
Ex. 1-133 |
97 |
Ex. 1-134 |
85 |
Ex. 1-135 |
78 |
Ex. 1-136 |
88 |
Ex. 1-137 |
92 |
Ex. 1-138 |
97 |
Ex. 1-139 |
78 |
Ex. 1-140 |
85 |
Ex. 1-141 |
62 |
Ex. 1-142 |
52 |
Ex. 1-143 |
65 |
Ex. 1-144 |
85 |
Ex. 1-145 |
83 |
Ex. 1-146 |
70 |
Ex. 1-147 |
88 |
Ex. 1-148 |
82 |
Ex. 1-149 |
74 |
Ex. 1-150 |
71 |
[Table 27-21
Compound No. |
Percent inhibition (% at 1 µM) |
Ex. 1-151 |
63 |
Ex. 1-152 |
83 |
Ex. 1-153 |
63 |
Ex. 1-154 |
81 |
Ex. 1-155 |
83 |
Ex. 1-156 |
80 |
Ex. 1-157 |
73 |
Ex. 1-158 |
75 |
Ex. 1-159 |
90 |
Ex. 1-160 |
85 |
Ex. 1-161 |
62 |
Ex. 1-162 |
77 |
Ex. 1-163 |
90 |
Ex. 1-164 |
66 |
Ex. 1-165 |
55 |
Ex. 1-166 |
86 |
Ex. 1-167 |
88 |
Ex. 1-168 |
69 |
Ex. 1-169 |
43 |
Ex. 1-170 |
45 |
Ex. 1-171 |
82 |
Ex. 1-172 |
79 |
Ex. 1-173 |
78 |
Ex. 1-174 |
74 |
Ex. 1-175 |
56 |
Ex. 1-176 |
80 |
Ex. 1-177 |
92 |
Ex. 1-178 |
92 |
Ex. 1-179 |
49 |
Ex. 1-180 |
65 |
Ex. 1-181 |
83 |
Ex. 1-182 |
71 |
Ex. 1-183 |
50 |
Ex. 1-184 |
60 |
Ex. 1-185 |
81 |
Ex. 1-186 |
77 |
Ex. 1-187 |
74 |
Ex. 1-188 |
63 |
Ex. 1-189 |
60 |
Ex. 1-190 |
85 |
Ex. 1-191 |
45 |
Ex. 1-192 |
49 |
Ex. 1-193 |
57 |
Ex. 1-194 |
57 |
Ex. 1-195 |
57 |
Ex. 1-196 |
48 |
Ex. 1-197 |
78 |
Ex. 1-198 |
79 |
Ex. 1-199 |
75 |
Ex. 1-200 |
99 |
Ex. 1-201 |
73 |
Ex. 1-202 |
69 |
Ex. 1-203 |
69 |
Ex. 1-204 |
79 |
Ex. 1-205 |
98 |
Ex. 1-206 |
93 |
Ex. 1-207 |
93 |
Ex. 1-208 |
85 |
Ex. 1-209 |
95 |
Ex. 1-210 |
42 |
Ex. 1-211 |
79 |
Ex. 1-212 |
85 |
Ex. 1-213 |
88 |
Ex. 1-214 |
90 |
Ex. 1-215 |
86 |
Ex. 1-216 |
73 |
Ex. 1-217 |
60 |
Ex. 1-218 |
62 |
Ex. 1-219 |
88 |
Ex. 1-220 |
82 |
Ex. 1-221 |
73 |
Ex. 1-222 |
89 |
Ex. 1-223 |
96 |
Ex. 1-224 |
90 |
Ex. 1-225 |
98 |
Ex. 1-226 |
84 |
Ex. 1-227 |
75 |
Ex. 1-228 |
64 |
Ex. 1-229 |
60 |
Ex. 1-230 |
95 |
Ex. 1-231 |
44 |
Ex. 1-232 |
91 |
Ex. 1-233 |
93 |
Ex. 1-234 |
62 |
Ex. 1-235 |
93 |
Ex. 1-236 |
87 |
Ex. 1-237 |
84 |
Ex. 1-238 |
99 |
Ex. 1-239 |
87 |
Ex. 1-240 |
97 |
Ex. 1-241 |
101 |
Ex. 1-242 |
101 |
Ex. 1-243 |
92 |
Ex. 1-244 |
50 |
Ex. 1-245 |
78 |
Ex. 1-246 |
92 |
Ex. 1-247 |
82 |
Ex. 1-248 |
94 |
Ex. 1-249 |
94 |
Ex. 1-250 |
81 |
Ex. 1-251 |
83 |
Ex. 1-252 |
98 |
Ex. 1-253 |
49 |
Ex. 1-254 |
96 |
Ex. 1-255 |
90 |
Ex. 1-256 |
91 |
Ex. 1-257 |
89 |
Ex. 1-258 |
90 |
Ex. 1-259 |
91 |
Ex. 1-260 |
92 |
Ex. 1-261 |
97 |
Ex. 1-262 |
87 |
Ex. 1-263 |
83 |
Ex. 1-264 |
90 |
Ex. 1-265 |
100 |
Ex. 1-266 |
89 |
Ex. 1-267 |
86 |
Ex. 1-268 |
85 |
Ex. 1-269 |
89 |
Ex. 1-270 |
90 |
Ex. 1-271 |
91 |
Ex. 1-272 |
82 |
Ex. 1-273 |
92 |
Ex. 1-274 |
94 |
Ex. 1-275 |
94 |
Ex. 1-276 |
92 |
Ex. 1-277 |
97 |
Ex. 1-278 |
94 |
Ex. 1-279 |
91 |
Ex. 1-280 |
98 |
Ex. 1-281 |
77 |
Ex. 1-282 |
99 |
Ex. 1-283 |
97 |
Ex. 1-284 |
103 |
Ex. 1-285 |
100 |
Ex. 1-286 |
96 |
Ex. 1-287 |
104 |
Ex. 1-288 |
91 |
Ex. 1-289 |
98 |
Ex. 1-290 |
86 |
Ex. 1-291 |
86 |
Ex. 1-292 |
86 |
Ex. 1-293 |
33 |
Ex. 1-294 |
68 |
Ex. 1-295 |
74 |
Ex. 1-296 |
102 |
Ex. 1-297 |
94 |
Ex. 1-298 |
94 |
Ex. 1-299 |
64 |
Ex. 1-300 |
43 |
[Table 27-3]
Compound No. |
Percent inhibition (% at 1 µM) |
Ex. 1-301 |
75 |
Ex. 1-302 |
79 |
Ex. 1-303 |
100 |
Ex. 1-304 |
72 |
Ex. 1-305 |
97 |
Ex. 1-306 |
99 |
Ex. 1-307 |
60 |
Ex. 1-308 |
41 |
Ex. 1-309 |
58 |
Ex. 1-310 |
59 |
Ex. 1-311 |
83 |
Ex. 1-312 |
86 |
Ex. 1-313 |
96 |
Ex. 1-314 |
86 |
Ex. 1-315 |
81 |
Ex. 1-316 |
87 |
Ex. 1-317 |
85 |
Ex. 1-318 |
96 |
Ex. 1-319 |
42 |
Ex. 1-320 |
57 |
Ex. 1-321 |
84 |
Ex. 1-322 |
77 |
Ex. 1-323 |
87 |
Ex. 1-324 |
91 |
Ex. 1-325 |
90 |
Ex. 1-326 |
71 |
Ex. 1-327 |
81 |
Ex. 1-328 |
63 |
Ex. 1-329 |
87 |
Ex. 1-330 |
69 |
Ex. 1-331 |
75 |
Ex. 1-332 |
73 |
Ex. 1-333 |
91 |
Ex. 1-334 |
96 |
Ex. 1-335 |
73 |
Ex. 1-336 |
82 |
Ex. 1-337 |
66 |
Ex. 1-338 |
71 |
Ex. 1-339 |
40 |
Ex. 1-340 |
69 |
Ex. 1-341 |
66 |
Ex. 1-342 |
57 |
Ex. 1-343 |
51 |
Ex. 1-344 |
76 |
Ex. 1-345 |
55 |
Ex. 1-346 |
80 |
Ex. 1-347 |
55 |
Ex. 1-348 |
76 |
Ex. 1-349 |
74 |
Ex. 1-350 |
61 |
Ex. 1-351 |
81 |
Ex. 1-352 |
91 |
Ex. 1-353 |
100 |
Ex. 1-354 |
96 |
Ex. 1-355 |
98 |
Ex. 1-356 |
96 |
Ex. 1-357 |
74 |
Ex. 1-358 |
88 |
Ex. 1-359 |
69 |
Ex. 1-360 |
90 |
Ex. 1-361 |
93 |
Ex. 1-362 |
83 |
Ex. 1-363 |
77 |
Ex. 1-364 |
97 |
Ex. 1-365 |
97 |
Ex. 1-366 |
103 |
Ex. 1-367 |
105 |
Ex. 1-368 |
101 |
Ex. 1-369 |
98 |
Ex. 1-370 |
84 |
Ex. 1-371 |
90 |
Ex. 1-372 |
89 |
Ex.1-373 |
85 |
Ex. 1-374 |
96 |
Ex. 1-375 |
85 |
Ex. 1-376 |
100 |
Ex. 1-377 |
96 |
Ex. 1-378 |
98 |
Ex. 1-379 |
84 |
Ex. 1-380 |
92 |
Ex. 1-381 |
92 |
Ex. 1-382 |
83 |
Ex. 1-383 |
83 |
Ex. 1-384 |
82 |
Ex. 1-385 |
93 |
Ex. 1-386 |
92 |
Ex. 1-387 |
93 |
Ex. 1-388 |
92 |
Ex. 1-389 |
69 |
Ex. 1-390 |
89 |
Ex. 1-391 |
82 |
Ex. 1-392 |
98 |
Ex. 1-393 |
98 |
Ex. 1-394 |
83 |
Ex. 1-395 |
90 |
Ex. 1-396 |
89 |
Ex. 1-397 |
90 |
Ex. 1-398 |
91 |
Ex. 1-399 |
55 |
Ex. 1-400 |
72 |
Ex. 1-401 |
90 |
Ex. 1-402 |
109 |
Ex. 1-403 |
102 |
Ex. 1-404 |
96 |
Ex. 1405 |
90 |
Ex. 1-406 |
86 |
Ex. 1-407 |
85 |
Ex. 1-408 |
91 |
Ex. 1-409 |
98 |
Ex. 1-410 |
82 |
Ex. 1-411 |
90 |
Ex. 1-412 |
87 |
Ex. 1-413 |
75 |
Ex. 1-414 |
96 |
Ex. 1-415 |
94 |
Ex. 1-416 |
95 |
Ex. 1-417 |
99 |
Ex. 1-418 |
98 |
Ex. 1-419 |
98 |
Ex. 1-420 |
92 |
Ex. 1-421 |
99 |
Ex. 1-422 |
100 |
Ex. 1-423 |
96 |
Ex. 1-424 |
97 |
Ex. 1-425 |
90 |
Ex. 1-426 |
88 |
Ex. 1-427 |
95 |
Ex. 1-428 |
100 |
Ex. 1-429 |
96 |
Ex. 1-430 |
95 |
Ex. 1-431 |
99 |
Ex. 1-432 |
93 |
Ex. 1-433 |
76 |
Ex. 1-434 |
85 |
Ex. 1-435 |
87 |
Ex. 1-436 |
85 |
Ex. 1-437 |
92 |
Ex. 1-438 |
90 |
Ex. 1-439 |
81 |
Ex. 1-440 |
98 |
Ex. 1-441 |
86 |
Ex. 1-442 |
98 |
Ex. 1-443 |
101 |
Ex. 1-444 |
88 |
Ex. 1-445 |
75 |
Ex. 1-446 |
94 |
Ex. 1-447 |
98 |
Ex. 1-448 |
92 |
Ex. 1-449 |
99 |
Ex. 1-450 |
97 |
[Table 27-4]
Compound No. |
Percent inhibition (% at 1 µM) |
Ex. 1-451 |
82 |
Ex. 1-452 |
67 |
Ex. 1-453 |
94 |
Ex. 1-454 |
95 |
Ex. 1-455 |
98 |
Ex. 1-456 |
98 |
Ex. 1-457 |
94 |
Ex. 1-458 |
89 |
Ex. 1-459 |
96 |
Ex. 1-460 |
92 |
Ex. 1-461 |
95 |
Ex. 1-462 |
87 |
Ex. 1-463 |
99 |
Ex. 1-464 |
87 |
Ex. 1-465 |
80 |
Ex. 1-466 |
77 |
Ex. 1-467 |
95 |
Ex. 1-468 |
85 |
Ex. 2-1 |
88 |
Ex. 2-2 |
98 |
Ex. 2-3 |
92 |
Ex. 2-4 |
88 |
Ex. 2-5 |
97 |
Ex. 2-6 |
80 |
Ex. 2-7 |
91 |
Ex. 2-8 |
88 |
Ex. 2-9 |
82 |
Ex. 2-10 |
79 |
Ex. 2-11 |
91 |
Ex. 2-12 |
91 |
Ex. 2-13 |
87 |
Ex. 2-14 |
93 |
Ex. 2-15 |
90 |
Ex. 2-16 |
93 |
Ex. 2-17 |
87 |
Ex. 2-18 |
91 |
Ex. 2-19 |
93 |
Ex. 2-20 |
93 |
Ex. 2-21 |
93 |
Ex. 2-22 |
94 |
Ex. 2-23 |
96 |
Ex. 2-24 |
93 |
Ex. 2-25 |
96 |
Ex. 2-26 |
95 |
Ex. 2-27 |
96 |
Ex. 2-28 |
97 |
Ex. 2-29 |
95 |
Ex. 2-30 |
99 |
Ex. 2-31 |
93 |
Ex. 2-32 |
85 |
Ex. 2-33 |
91 |
Ex. 2-34 |
97 |
Ex. 2-35 |
96 |
Ex. 2-36 |
95 |
Ex. 2-37 |
91 |
Ex. 2-38 |
92 |
Ex. 2-39 |
93 |
Ex. 2-40 |
96 |
Ex. 2-41 |
93 |
Ex. 2-42 |
96 |
Ex. 2-43 |
95 |
Ex. 2-44 |
96 |
Ex. 2-45 |
95 |
Ex. 2-46 |
93 |
Ex. 2-47 |
100 |
Ex. 2-48 |
103 |
Ex. 2-49 |
93 |
Ex. 2-50 |
99 |
Ex. 2-51 |
97 |
Ex. 2-52 |
95 |
Ex. 2-53 |
97 |
Ex. 2-54 |
87 |
Ex. 2-55 |
97 |
Ex. 2-56 |
92 |
Ex. 2-57 |
94 |
Ex. 2-58 |
92 |
Ex. 2-59 |
97 |
Ex. 2-60 |
96 |
Ex. 2-61 |
92 |
Ex. 3-1 |
95 |
Ex. 3-2 |
90 |
Ex. 4-1 |
67 |
Ex. 4-2 |
81 |
Ex. 4-3 |
72 |
Ex. 5-1 |
94 |
Ex. 5-2 |
90 |
Ex. 6-1 |
91 |
Ex. 6-2 |
77 |
Ex. 6-3 |
96 |
Ex. 6-4 |
10 |
Ex. 6-5 |
97 |
Ex. 6-6 |
87 |
Ex. 6-7 |
86 |
Ex. 6-8 |
83 |
Ex. 6-9 |
85 |
Ex. 6-10 |
76 |
Ex. 6-11 |
73 |
Ex. 6-12 |
67 |
Ex. 6-13 |
81 |
Ex. 6-14 |
80 |
Ex. 6-15 |
55 |
Ex. 6-16 |
26 |
Ex. 6-17 |
32 |
Ex. 6-18 |
24 |
Ex. 6-19 |
72 |
Ex. 6-20 |
84 |
Ex. 6-21 |
85 |
Ex. 6-22 |
88 |
Ex. 6-23 |
85 |
Ex. 6-24 |
78 |
Ex. 6-25 |
49 |
Ex. 6-26 |
16 |
Ex. 6-27 |
51 |
Ex. 6-28 |
42 |
Ex. 6-29 |
69 |
Ex. 6-30 |
45 |
Ex. 6-31 |
44 |
Ex. 6-32 |
4 |
Ex. 6-33 |
68 |
Ex. 6-34 |
70 |
Ex. 6-35 |
60 |
Ex. 6-36 |
30 |
Ex. 7-1 |
97 |
Ex. 7-2 |
88 |
Ex. 7-3 |
65 |
Ex. 8-1 |
16 |
Ex. 9-1 |
29 |
Ex. 9-2 |
23 |
Ex. 9-3 |
1 |
Ex. 9-4 |
42 |
Ex. 9-5 |
3 |
Ex. 10-1 |
34 |
Ex. 10-2 |
6 |
Ex. 10-4 |
10 |
Ex. 11-1 |
96 |
[Table 28-1]
Compound No. |
IC50 (nM) |
Ex. 1-4 |
19 |
Ex. 1-28 |
88 |
Ex. 1-70 |
39 |
Ex. 1-72 |
94 |
Ex. 1-205 |
59 |
Ex. 1-209 |
49 |
Ex. 1-225 |
40 |
Ex. 1-226 |
409 |
Ex. 1-252 |
87 |
Ex. 1-254 |
24 |
Ex. 1-255 |
66 |
Ex. 1-256 |
66 |
Ex. 1-257 |
75 |
Ex. 1-258 |
63 |
Ex. 1-259 |
96 |
Ex. 1-260 |
69 |
Ex. 1-265 |
24 |
Ex. 1-273 |
112 |
Ex. 1-274 |
108 |
Ex. 1-275 |
99 |
Ex. 1-282 |
77 |
Ex. 1-283 |
63 |
Ex. 1-284 |
40 |
Ex. 1-285 |
43 |
Ex. 1-286 |
61 |
Ex. 1-287 |
45 |
Ex. 1-288 |
146 |
Ex. 1-289 |
68 |
Ex. 1-296 |
15 |
Ex. 1-297 |
89 |
Ex. 1-298 |
79 |
Ex. 1-333 |
92 |
Ex. 1-353 |
43 |
Ex. 1-354 |
61 |
Ex. 1-355 |
52 |
Ex. 1-356 |
60 |
Ex. 1-365 |
56 |
Ex. 1-366 |
19 |
Ex. 1-367 |
26 |
Ex. 1-368 |
41 |
Ex. 1-376 |
22 |
Ex. 1-377 |
15 |
Ex. 1-378 |
14 |
Ex. 1-385 |
54 |
Ex. 1-386 |
48 |
Ex. 1-392 |
26 |
Ex. 1-393 |
32 |
Ex. 1-404 |
56 |
Ex. 1-408 |
72 |
Ex. 1-409 |
25 |
Ex. 1-440 |
39 |
Ex. 1-443 |
21 |
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
[0775] The compounds of the present invention have a superior PHD2 inhibitory effect and
by means of the present invention, it becomes possible to provide pharmaceuticals
that are effective for preventing or treating anemia-caused diseases and the like
and this is expected to lessen the burden on patients and hence contribute to the
development of the pharmaceutical industry.